WO2017209073A1 - Absorbent article - Google Patents
Absorbent article Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017209073A1 WO2017209073A1 PCT/JP2017/019968 JP2017019968W WO2017209073A1 WO 2017209073 A1 WO2017209073 A1 WO 2017209073A1 JP 2017019968 W JP2017019968 W JP 2017019968W WO 2017209073 A1 WO2017209073 A1 WO 2017209073A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- absorbent article
- facing surface
- nonwoven fabric
- absorbent
- article according
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
- A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/53—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/47—Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins
- A61F13/472—Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins specially adapted for female use
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption.
- Patent Document 1 discloses a menstrual band including an absorbent pad containing a salt of multivalent ions.
- Patent Document 2 discloses a napkin containing a partially hydrated dicarboxylic anhydride copolymer or polycation as a blood gelling agent.
- Patent Document 3 proposes a personal care absorbent article containing a triblock polymer or polycation containing polypropylene oxide and polyethylene oxide as a fluid treatment material.
- the present invention includes a liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorbent body disposed between the two sheets, and a longitudinal direction along the wearer's front-rear direction. And an absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption having a transverse direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction.
- the said surface sheet consists of an uneven
- a hemagglutinating agent is contained in the lower member disposed at a position closer to the back sheet than the non-skin facing surface of the top sheet.
- FIG. 1 is a plan view of a sanitary napkin according to an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention as viewed from the skin facing surface side.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II in FIG.
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing an uneven nonwoven fabric used as a surface sheet of a sanitary napkin according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV in FIG.
- FIG. 5: is a perspective view which shows the other uneven
- 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line VI-VI in FIG.
- Patent Documents 1 and 4 do not disclose the application state of the fluid treatment agent in the absorbent article except that a water-soluble metal compound is used as the blood coagulant.
- a blood coagulant When a blood coagulant is placed on the surface sheet that forms the skin facing surface of the absorbent article or the surface of the absorbent body adjacent to the surface sheet, red blood cell aggregates may form on the skin facing surface side of the surface sheet.
- Red blood cell agglomerates are highly viscous and sticky, so if they adhere to the skin of the wearer, it will lead to deterioration of the feeling of wear and skin problems around the excretory part.
- the absorbent articles described in Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3 can agglutinate red blood cell components, but menstrual blood that is continuously discharged is absorbed later in the menstrual mass by the aggregate formed in the initial stage.
- fluid treatment agents containing polycations can be used, only data on nonionic treatment materials are disclosed.
- the absorption of blood into the absorber is hindered due to a decrease in liquid permeability due to blood cell aggregates at the part facing the excretion spot part of the absorbent article, and it takes time to absorb the blood.
- it is difficult to guarantee blood absorption by the mechanism continuously and this is disadvantageous in terms of so-called liquid return, in which blood returns to the skin side during use.
- the problem of the present invention relates to providing an absorbent article that can solve the problems of the prior art.
- the absorbent article of the present invention includes a liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorbent body disposed between these two sheets, and the wearer's front-back direction
- the absorbent article for absorbing menstrual blood has a longitudinal direction X along the transverse direction Y and a transverse direction Y perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, preferably a sanitary napkin.
- a sanitary napkin 1 (hereinafter also referred to as napkin 1) according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a liquid-permeable surface sheet 2 and a non-skin facing surface that form a skin facing surface, as shown in FIGS.
- a back sheet 3 to be formed and a liquid retaining absorbent 4 disposed between the two sheets 2 and 3 are provided.
- the top sheet 2, the absorber 4 and the back sheet 3 are integrated to form an absorbent main body 5.
- Side leakproof sheets 6 are arranged on the surface sheet 2 side on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 5.
- the side leak-proof sheet 6 has a free end 61 that is not joined to the top sheet 2 and a fixed end 62 that is joined to the top sheet 2, and is used between the fixed end 62 and the free end 61 when used. Forms a leak-proof pocket (not shown) that separates from the top sheet 2 and prevents lateral leakage to the side.
- a main body adhesive portion (not shown) used for fixing to the crotch portion of the shorts is provided on the non-skin facing surface of the absorbent main body 5.
- the napkin 1 has a pair of wing portions 7 on both side portions in the longitudinal direction X. On the surface of the pair of wing portions 7 on the back sheet 3 side, a wing adhesive portion (not shown) used for fixing the crotch portion of the shorts to the non-skin facing surface is provided.
- the napkin 1 has a longitudinal direction X corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction and a lateral direction Y orthogonal to the longitudinal direction X. Further, the napkin 1 has an excretion part facing part (intermediate part) B having an excretion spot part P disposed opposite the wearer's liquid excretion part such as the vaginal opening in the width direction (lateral direction) Y central part with respect to the vertical direction X. And the front part A that is arranged closer to the abdomen (front side) of the wearer than the excretion part facing part B, and the closer to the back side (rear side) of the wearer than the excretion part facing part B. And a rear portion C. That is, the napkin 1 is divided into the front part A, the excretion part opposing part B, and the rear part C in this order in the vertical direction X.
- the skin-facing surface is a surface that faces the wearer's skin when the napkin 1 is worn in the napkin 1 or its constituent members (for example, the surface sheet 2 and the absorbent core 41).
- the skin-facing surface is a surface of the napkin 1 or its constituent members that is directed to the side opposite to the skin side (usually the clothing side) when the napkin 1 is worn.
- the excretion spot part P is a part that is disposed opposite to the liquid excretion part of the wearer when the absorbent article such as the napkin 1 is worn, and is directly supplied with menstrual blood. It is located at the center in the vertical direction X and the width direction Y of B.
- the excretory part-facing part B is a region having one wing part in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent article (one side) It means a region sandwiched between a root along the vertical direction X of the wing portion and a root along the vertical direction X of the other wing portion.
- two folding lines when the absorbent article is folded into a three-fold individual form, crossing the absorbent article in the lateral direction Y ( (Not shown) means a region surrounded by a first folding line and a second folding line as counted from the front end in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent article.
- the top sheet 2 covers the whole area of the absorbent body 4 facing the skin
- the back sheet 3 covers the whole area of the absorbent body 4 not facing the skin.
- the surface sheet 2 and the back surface sheet 3 are joined to each other at the extended portions from both end edges in the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4.
- the back sheet 3 and the side leak-proof sheet 6 are joined to each other at portions extending outward in the lateral direction Y from both side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4.
- the absorbent body 4 is sandwiched between the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3, and the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3 are joined around the entire outer edge of the napkin 1.
- any joining means such as an adhesive, heat sealing, ultrasonic sealing or the like is used.
- the absorbent article of the present invention has a surface sheet made of an uneven nonwoven fabric having unevenness at least on the skin facing surface side as the surface sheet.
- the napkin 1 of this embodiment is provided with the surface sheet which consists of an uneven
- Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric of (1) include, but are not limited to, the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 and the uneven nonwoven fabric formed using heat-stretched fibers.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 has a lower fiber layer 22 containing heat-shrinkable heat-shrinkable fibers and an upper fiber layer 23 made of non-heat-shrinkable fibers. 23 is partly heat-sealed in a large number of heat-sealing portions 24 and integrated in the thickness direction.
- the heat fusion part 24 is formed in a dotted shape in the planar direction of the top sheet 2.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 consists of a lower fiber layer 22 containing heat-shrinkable fibers and a non-heat-shrinkable fiber, or an upper fiber layer containing less heat-shrinkable fibers than the lower fiber layer 22 during its production. 23, and partially heat-sealing them by heat sealing, ultrasonic sealing or the like, then subjecting the laminated body to hot air treatment, and lower layers in the region surrounded by the four heat-sealing portions 24
- the fiber layer 22 is heat-shrinked and the upper fiber layer 23 is protruded to the skin facing surface side to form a large number of convex portions 25.
- the convex portions 25 and the concave portions 26 centered on the heat fusion portion 24 are each formed in a dotted shape, and more specifically, It is formed in a staggered pattern.
- the inside of each convex part 25 is solid as shown in FIG.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 has an uneven shape on the surface on the upper fiber layer 23 side, while the surface on the lower fiber layer 22 side facing the absorber side is flat or uneven as compared with the surface on the upper fiber layer 23 side. The height difference is less than half.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 is incorporated in an absorbent article such as the napkin 1 with the upper fiber layer 23 side having an uneven shape facing the skin facing surface side and the lower fiber layer 22 side facing the absorbent body 4 side.
- the latent crimpable fiber is one that develops a helical crimp by heat treatment and shrinks, for example, an eccentric core-sheath type composite fiber or side-by-side type composite containing two types of thermoplastic polymer materials having different shrinkage rates as components.
- Made of fiber examples thereof include those described in JP-A-9-296325 and Japanese Patent No. 2759331.
- thermoplastic polymer materials having different shrinkage rates for example, a combination of an ethylene-propylene random copolymer (EP) and polypropylene (PP) is preferably exemplified.
- the lower fiber layer 22 may be composed of 100% heat-shrinkable fibers and may contain other fibers. When other fibers are included, the amount of the heat-shrinkable fibers is preferably 50% by mass or more, particularly 70 to 90% by mass with respect to the mass of the lower fiber layer 22.
- the non-heat-shrinkable fibers contained in the upper fiber layer 23 include fibers that do not exhibit heat-shrinkability and heat-shrinkability, but are substantially below the heat-shrinkage start temperature of the heat-shrinkable fibers contained in the lower fiber layer. Examples thereof include fibers that do not heat shrink.
- the upper fiber layer 23 includes a heat-fusible fiber containing a heat-sealing resin having a melting point T M higher than the heat shrinkage start temperature T S of the heat-shrinkable fiber contained in the lower fiber layer 22. preferable.
- the heat-sealing fiber is contained in an amount of preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more with respect to the mass of the upper fiber layer 23 based on the mass of the heat-sealing resin.
- the non-heat-shrinkable fibers constituting the upper fiber layer 23 are composed of 100% by mass of the heat-sealing fibers.
- the lower fiber layer 22 is thermally contracted to increase the density, while the upper fiber layer 23 forms a convex portion 25 due to the thermal contraction of the lower fiber layer 22, and accordingly, the upper fiber layer 23.
- the density tends to decrease rather. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4, when the fiber density of the upper fiber layer 23 is compared in the plane direction of the topsheet 2, the fiber density in the vicinity of the concave portion 26 is the highest and is higher than the fiber density of the top portion 25 t of the convex portion. ing.
- the vicinity of the concave portion 26 is the heat fusion portion 24 or the vicinity thereof.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 is an example of an uneven nonwoven fabric formed using heat-stretched fibers, and is an uneven nonwoven fabric preferably used as a surface sheet.
- the skin facing surface 10 a of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 ⁇ / b> A has recesses 12 extending in a direction intersecting with the longitudinal direction X and the lateral direction Y of the napkin 1 in an oblique lattice shape.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is partitioned into a large number of regions by the portion 12, and a large number of partitioned regions 13 are formed.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is made of a fiber sheet such as a nonwoven fabric having a single layer structure or a multilayer structure, and is preferably treated with a hydrophilizing agent.
- the skin facing surface 10 a of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 ⁇ / b> A has recesses 12 formed in an oblique lattice shape and an uneven shape having a large number of protrusions 11 formed in a region surrounded by the recesses 12. have.
- the non-skin facing surface 10b of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A does not substantially have an uneven shape and is substantially flat.
- the recess 12 is a recess.
- the hollow portion 12 is formed by pressing or bonding constituent fibers of a fiber sheet.
- means for crimping the fiber include embossing such as pressing with or without heat, and ultrasonic pressing.
- the dent 12 is a high-density portion having a relatively high density in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A
- the protrusion 11 is a low-density portion having a relatively low density in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A.
- the recess 12 in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is formed, for example, by subjecting a fiber web formed by a card method to heat embossing, and the heat-fusible fibers that are constituent fibers are integrated by heat-sealing.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 is formed as a plurality of first linear depressions 12a formed in parallel to each other at a predetermined interval as depressions 12 in parallel to each other at a predetermined interval.
- a plurality of second linear depressions 12b, and the first linear depressions 12a and the second linear depressions 12b cross each other at a predetermined angle.
- Each of the first linear depression 12a and the second linear depression 12b extends linearly in a direction intersecting with the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y, respectively.
- the width of the first linear depression 12a and the width of the second linear depression 12b may be the same or different.
- the interval between the first linear depressions 12a and the interval between the second linear depressions 12b may be the same or different.
- Each partition region 13 is a region surrounded by a linear depression 12 and preferably has a quadrangular shape, more preferably a square or rhombus shape. Area of each divided area 13 is preferably, for example, 0.25 cm 2 or more 2 cm 2 or less.
- the partition region 13 may have a rhombus shape that is longer in the horizontal direction Y than the vertical direction X in plan view, or may have a rhombus shape that is longer in the vertical direction X than the horizontal direction Y. .
- Each partition region 13 is formed with a convex portion 11 that protrudes relative to the recess 12 surrounding the partition region 13.
- the inside of the convex part 11 is filled with the constituent fibers of the concave-convex nonwoven fabric 10A, and has a solid structure.
- the partition region 13 and the convex portion 11 are not surrounded by the hollow portion 1. It becomes easy to extend in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric or fiber web, and the convex portion 11 having a large height difference is formed.
- the recess 12 is preferably linear in plan view.
- the “linear” is not limited to a straight line as shown in FIG. 5 but includes a curved line, and each line may be a continuous line, or a large number of rectangles, squares, rhombuses, circles, crosses and the like in a plan view.
- Concave portions may be connected substantially without any interval to form a continuous line as a whole. “Substantially without an interval” means that the interval between adjacent recesses is within 5 mm.
- the width W11 of the protrusion 25 or the protrusion 11 along the longitudinal direction X of the napkin 1 is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 0.8 mm or more, and preferably 10. It is 0 mm or less, More preferably, it is 8.0 mm or less, Preferably it is 0.5 mm or more and 10.0 mm or less, More preferably, it is 0.8 mm or more and 8.0 mm or less.
- the width W12 of the recessed part 26 or the hollow part 12 becomes like this.
- the distance L11 between the convex portions 25 or the convex portions 11 in a plan view is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 0.8 mm or more, and preferably 10.0 mm.
- the width W11 of the convex portions 25, 11 of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, 10A, the width W12 of the concave portion 26 or the recessed portion 12, and the distance L11 between the convex portions 25, 11 are set within this range.
- the liquid absorption speed and absorption during use while the amount is improved, it is excellent in absorption performance such as suppressing liquid return from the absorber.
- the air permeability between the absorbent article and the user's skin can be improved and an appropriate cushioning property can be realized.
- the thickness T11 of the protrusion 25 or the protrusion 11 when the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, 10A is viewed from the side is preferably 1.0 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 mm or more.
- it is 7.0 mm or less, more preferably 5.0 mm or less, preferably 1.0 mm or more and 7.0 mm or less, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 5.0 mm or less.
- the thickness T12 of the recessed part 26 or the hollow part 12 becomes like this.
- the thickness of the concavo-convex nonwoven fabric 10, 10A is 0.1 mm or more, More preferably, it is 0.4 mm or more, Preferably it is 3.0 mm or less, More preferably, 2 0.0 mm or less, preferably 0.2 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.4 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less.
- the above-described uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is obtained by forming the depression 12 in a single layer or multilayer raw material sheet containing heat stretchable fibers as constituent fibers and then stretching the heat stretchable fibers by heat treatment.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric formed using heat-stretched fibers those described in JP 2010-150686 A can also be used.
- the laminate After partially joining by the well-known joining method, the laminate may be subjected to hot air treatment, and the thermally stretchable fiber contained in the upper layer may be thermally stretched to form a convex portion.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric having such a structure include those described in JP 2010-115479 A and JP 2010-148730 A.
- JP 2010-115479 A is a two-layered surface sheet having an upper layer on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer on the non-skin facing surface side, and the upper layer is formed using heat-extensible fibers.
- the lower layer includes no heat-extensible fibers or contains heat-extensible fibers in a lower proportion than the upper layer, and the upper layer skin.
- the opposing surface side has an uneven shape.
- the interface between the upper layer and the lower layer has a fixed portion joined to each other and a non-fixed portion in which the upper layer and the lower layer are detachably laminated so that the liquid passes due to the formation of a large gap. It is preferable from the point of having an effect of improving the properties.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 has substantially the same average diameter of the fibers constituting the upper layer and the average diameter of the fibers constituting the lower layer after fiber elongation. Or it is preferable that the average diameter of the fiber which comprises the said lower layer is larger than the average diameter of the fiber which comprises the said upper layer.
- the average fiber diameter of the constituent fibers of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, particularly the heat-stretched fibers contained in the upper layer is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less. Furthermore, it is preferable that the distance between the fibers in the upper layer is larger than the distance between the fibers in the lower layer.
- the average diameter of the fibers is substantially the same as the ratio of the average diameter of the fibers constituting the upper layer to the average diameter of the fibers constituting the lower layer (the former / The latter) is 0.9 to 1.1.
- the average diameter of the constituent fibers was measured by one of two methods that differ depending on the cross-sectional shape of the fibers.
- “Carry Scope JCM-5100” manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used for the measurement.
- the cross-sectional contour shape of the constituent fibers was confirmed at a magnification of 500 to 1000 times. At this time, not only the cross-sectional contour of the fiber, but also the core-sheath structure fiber / single fiber, the core component / sheath component area ratio, and the type of fiber (differentiated by thickness, shape, etc.) are grasped.
- the first method is a measurement method in the case where the cross section is formed only with a fiber having a circular cross section, and an arbitrary 20 excluding the fiber fusion part from a 200-500 times plane enlarged image of each of the five upper and lower layers.
- the thickness of the fibers of the book is measured and averaged to obtain the “average diameter of the constituent fibers”.
- the second method is a measurement method in the case where a fiber having a non-circular cross section is included, and an enlarged image with a magnification of 500 to 1000 times for measuring the cross-sectional contour shape of the fiber is used.
- the cross-sectional area of one fiber cut at approximately 90 degrees is calculated by a means capable of calculating the area such as an image analyzer, and the area is regarded as a circle and the diameter is set as the fiber diameter. Image observation with an electron microscope is performed until the cross-sectional observation result of such a single fiber reaches 50, and the average value of the 50 is defined as “average diameter of constituent fibers”.
- image analysis software NEW QUABE (ver. 4.20) manufactured by NEXTUS can be used as an image analysis apparatus for measuring the area of the cross section of the fiber.
- the inter-fiber distance is the difference between the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer and the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer (the former-the latter) when the inter-fiber distance measured by the following method is compared.
- the thickness is preferably 0 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of liquid movement, and is preferably 0 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of the strength and feel of the topsheet.
- ⁇ Measurement method of distance between fibers> The following Wrotnowski equation was used.
- the packing density and fineness (denier) of the fiber are measured as follows.
- the fiber packing density is measured by the following procedure.
- the area ratio of the linear embossing is calculated from the planar image on the surface side of the surface sheet.
- the length of the vertical direction and the horizontal direction and the weight of the rectangular surface sheet whose weight is measured are measured.
- the basis weight (g / m 2 ) is calculated from the weight of the topsheet and the lengths in the vertical and horizontal directions.
- the area factor of the linear emboss is corrected. Calculate the area of the linear emboss from the area of the surface sheet obtained by multiplying the length in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction, calculate the linear embossed part in the weight of the surface sheet, and when calculating the basis weight of the upper layer, Use the area obtained by subtracting the linear embossed portion from the area, and use the area.
- the cross-sectional area of the top sheet is measured.
- An electron microscope is preferably used for measurement, but an optical device such as Keyence's digital high scope VH8000 may be used.
- the enlarged image includes the tops of the convex portions from the linear embossed portions. When the convex portions have different heights, each cross-sectional image is observed.
- the packing density can be calculated by dividing the basis weight (g / m 2 ) by the height (m), but the substantial basis weight is the same from the linear embossed portion to the convex portion as in the present invention.
- the average height is calculated from the cross-sectional area of the surface sheet, and “average fiber height” is obtained as the “height” at the time of calculation.
- the cross-sectional area is obtained by measuring the portion excluding the linear embossed portion with an image analysis apparatus and dividing the length between the linear embossed portions excluding the linear embossed portion from the cross-sectional area.
- the fineness (denier) is determined from the specific gravity (substantially density) and the cross-sectional area of the fiber when the fibers of the topsheet are each made of one type of fiber and the resin used for the fiber is determined by DSC.
- the weight when the length of the fiber is 9000 m is denier.
- the sheath component is a fusion component
- the resin is similarly specified using DSC, and the average specific gravity is calculated from the cross-section during magnified observation.
- the average specific gravity is calculated from the blending ratio of the fibers by Method 2 in measuring the average diameter.
- the specific gravity of the high density polyethylene is 0.94, polypropylene 0.96, polyester 1.36)
- the napkin 1 may be a surface sheet made of an uneven nonwoven fabric as described in (2) to (4) below as a surface sheet made of an uneven nonwoven fabric having unevenness on the skin facing surface side.
- An uneven nonwoven fabric having a ridge groove structure having a plurality of ridge portions extending in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent article and a groove portion existing between the ridge portions adjacent in the transverse direction Y of the absorbent article.
- An uneven nonwoven fabric having irregularities on the skin facing surface side and also having irregularities on the non-skin facing surface side.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric in which the back side of the convex portion on the skin facing surface side is a concave portion on the non-skin facing surface side, and the back side of the concave portion on the skin facing surface side is a convex portion on the non-skin facing surface side.
- the first nonwoven fabric and the second nonwoven fabric are partially joined by fusion or the like to form a joined portion, and the first nonwoven fabric is separated from the second nonwoven fabric in the non-joined portion surrounded by the joined portion.
- An uneven nonwoven fabric projecting in the direction of leaving and forming a number of hollow convex portions.
- Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric of (2) include those having a solid heel portion as in the uneven nonwoven fabric described in JP-A-2009-215667, However, it is not limited to these.
- the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the ridge extending in the longitudinal direction is the surface facing the skin and the surface facing the non-skin Any of these surfaces may have a continuous waveform shape.
- the thickness and height difference of the ridge and the groove are measured by using a microscope VH-8000 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation) and magnifying and observing the cross section of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 50 to 200 times.
- the cross section can be obtained by cutting the cross section of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 using a feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.).
- an uneven nonwoven fabric in which the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the ridge extending in the longitudinal direction has a continuous corrugated shape on both the skin facing surface side surface and the non-skin facing surface side surface.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric (3) is not limited to these.
- Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric (4) include three-dimensional sheets described in JP-A Nos. 2004-174234, 2015-142721, and 2015-112116. However, the uneven nonwoven fabric (4) is not limited to these.
- the absorbent body 4 in the napkin 1 has an absorbent core 41 containing pulp fibers and a core wrap sheet 42 that covers the absorbent core 41.
- the core wrap sheet 42 shown in FIG. 2 is wound down to the upper part 42a that covers the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 and the non-skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41, and And a lower portion 42b that covers the skin facing surface side.
- seat 42 has the overlap part 42c of a sheet
- the core wrap sheet covering the absorbent core 41 may wrap the entire absorbent core 41 with a single sheet, or may wrap the entire absorbent core 41 with two or more sheets.
- the skin facing surface side and the non-skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 may be covered with separate sheets.
- the core wrap sheet covering the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 is defined as the skin side core wrap sheet 42a and the non-absorbing core 41 non-covered.
- a portion covering the skin facing surface side is also referred to as a non-skin side core wrap sheet 42b.
- the entire region of the upper portion (skin-side core wrap sheet) 42a covering the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 in the core wrap sheet 42 is agglomerated containing a hemagglutinating agent.
- the agent placement unit 9 is provided.
- the skin-side core wrap sheet 42 a is one of the lower members disposed in a position closer to the back sheet 3 than the top sheet 2 in the thickness direction of the napkin 1.
- the napkin 1 has a skin-side core wrap sheet 42a, an absorbent core 41, and a non-skin-side core wrap sheet 42b as lower members.
- the flocculant arrangement part 9 containing a hemagglutinating agent is formed at least on the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a which is a lower member adjacent to the top sheet 2 in the thickness direction of the absorbent article.
- the flocculant disposition part 9 containing the hemagglutinating agent may be formed only on the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a, but may be formed on the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a and the absorbent core 41, and further on the skin side. You may form so that the core wrap sheet
- the lower member containing the hemagglutinating agent may be a member other than the skin-side core wrap sheet, for example, an absorbent core or a non-skin-side core wrap sheet, and the hemagglutinating agent may be two or more lower members. You may make it contain.
- the hemagglutinating agent can be disposed so as to cover any two or more of the skin-side core wrap sheet, the absorbent core, and the non-skin-side core wrap sheet.
- a hemagglutinating agent can also be arranged so as to cover the entire core and non-skin side core wrap sheet.
- positioning part 9 containing a hemagglutinating agent is the non-skin opposing surface of the surface sheet 2 irrespective of the structure of the absorber 4, and whether there is a second sheet between the surface sheet 2 and the absorber 4. May extend over all the lower members from the member adjacent to the member adjacent to the skin facing surface of the back sheet 3.
- the core wrap sheet is used for the purpose of improving the shape retention of the absorbent core, which is insufficient in shape retention by itself, or preventing the leakage of the constituent material of the absorbent core.
- the fiber sheet is used.
- the cellulose fiber constituting the base sheet of the core wrap sheet 42 of the napkin 1 of the present embodiment include wood pulp fiber, rayon fiber, cotton fiber, and cellulose acetate fiber.
- cellulosic fiber pulp include wood pulp such as softwood kraft pulp or hardwood kraft pulp, and non-wood pulp such as cotton pulp or straw pulp. These cellulosic fibers can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the strength, a small amount of non-cellulosic fibers can be mixed.
- non-cellulosic fibers examples include polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and condensation fibers such as polyester and polyamide.
- the proportion of the cellulosic fibers in the constituent fibers of the thin paper is preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass, and still more preferably 100% by mass.
- the nonwoven fabric used as the core wrap sheet can be a nonwoven fabric produced by various production methods without any particular limitation. For example, a spunbond nonwoven fabric, a melt blown nonwoven fabric, a span that is a nonwoven fabric obtained by entanglement of constituent fibers of a fiber web by high-speed water flow treatment.
- Examples include lace nonwoven fabrics, air-through nonwoven fabrics that are nonwoven fabrics obtained by thermally fusing constituent fibers of fiber webs by hot air treatment, resin-bonded nonwoven fabrics that are nonwoven fabrics obtained by bonding constituent fibers of fiber webs with an adhesive, and the like. It is done.
- the fiber web of spunlace nonwoven fabric, air-through nonwoven fabric, and resin bond nonwoven fabric can be manufactured by a card machine or an airlaid method in which fibers are stacked in air.
- Non-woven fabric fibers are made from cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as wood pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers and cellulose acetate, polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, and synthetic resins such as polyamides such as nylon.
- the synthetic fiber which becomes is mentioned.
- a core-sheath type or side-by-side type composite fiber may be used. Among these, for the same reason as using thin paper, it is preferable that the raw fiber is a cellulosic fiber even when the nonwoven fabric manufacturing method is adopted.
- the proportion of the cellulosic fibers in the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass, and still more preferably 100% by mass.
- the raw material fiber of a nonwoven fabric can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- the absorptive core 41 of the napkin 1 of this embodiment is composed of a mixed product of pulp fibers and a superabsorbent polymer.
- the mixed fiber stack is manufactured by a known drum-type fiber stacking apparatus including a stacking drum having a stacking concave portion on the peripheral surface, and is sucked from the bottom surface of the stacking concave portion, The surface is supplied with pulp fibers and superabsorbent polymer as the absorbent core forming material in a scattered state, and after the absorbent core forming material is deposited in the accumulation recess, it is released from the accumulation recess. Is obtained.
- the absorbent core 41 of the napkin 1 of the present embodiment may be a single fiber stack of pulp fibers that does not contain a superabsorbent polymer.
- Examples of the pulp fibers constituting the absorbent core 41 include cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as wood pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers, and cellulose acetate. These fibers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the raw material pulp of the pulp fiber include wood pulp such as softwood kraft pulp or hardwood kraft pulp, and non-wood pulp such as cotton pulp or wall pulp.
- the absorbent core 41 is made of synthetic fibers such as polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, condensed fibers such as polyester and polyamide, in addition to pulp fibers made of cellulosic hydrophilic fibers. A small amount may be mixed.
- the absorbent core in the present invention has a ratio of pulp fibers (cellulosic fibers), particularly wood pulp fibers, of preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Preferably it is 100 mass%.
- a particulate polymer is generally used, but a fibrous polymer may be used.
- the shape thereof may be any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a bowl shape, and an amorphous shape.
- a polymer or copolymer of acrylic acid or an alkali metal acrylate can be used. Examples thereof include polyacrylic acid and salts thereof and polymethacrylic acid and salts thereof.
- sodium salts can be preferably used.
- the method for forming the agglutinating agent placement part by containing a hemagglutinating agent containing a cationic polymer in the constituent member of the napkin such as the core wrap sheet 42 is not particularly limited as long as the hemagglutinating agent can be retained in the constituent member.
- a hemagglutinating agent is dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as water or ethanol to obtain a solution in which various physical properties such as viscosity are appropriately adjusted, and the solution is adhered to or immersed in the core wrap sheet 42, and then the core wrap sheet. It is preferable to dry 42 to remove the solvent from the viewpoint of being easily maintained in a state in which the hole portion of the core wrap sheet 42 is filled with the hemagglutinating agent.
- a method of attaching the solution containing the hemagglutinating agent to the core wrap sheet 42 dropping of the solution onto a predetermined portion of the core wrap sheet 42 and various coating methods can be employed.
- a liquid application to a predetermined portion of the core wrap sheet 42 using a known liquid coating apparatus such as a spray method, a dipping method, a transfer method, a die coating, a gravure coating, an ink jet method, a screen printing, etc.
- the spray coating method efficiently fills the pores by appropriately adjusting the shape of the nozzle for spraying, the coating amount thereof, etc., with a solution containing a hemagglutinating agent in which various physical properties such as viscosity are appropriately adjusted.
- the drying may be any of drying by heating, drying by reduced pressure, and drying combining heating and reduced pressure, but natural drying may be used instead of these forced drying. From the viewpoint of drying by heating and fixing the pores of the base material sheet to a filled state, heating is performed at a higher temperature within a range where the hemagglutinating agent and the base material sheet are not damaged, and drying is performed by rapidly removing the solvent. It is more preferable.
- the sanitary napkin of the present embodiment is used by being fixed to a crotch portion or the like of shorts in the same manner as a normal sanitary napkin.
- the napkin 1 is composed of an uneven nonwoven fabric 10 having at least unevenness on the skin-facing surface side, and a hemagglutinating agent is contained in a lower member such as the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a. Therefore, menstrual blood excreted on the top sheet 2 However, when it passes through the surface sheet 2 and reaches the lower member, the hemagglutinating agent comes into contact with the menstrual blood to produce an aggregate of red blood cells.
- the surface sheet is made of a flat nonwoven fabric
- this agglomerate occurs in the surface sheet or in the vicinity of the surface sheet
- the surface sheet is pressed by body pressure applied during wearing
- the agglomerate is Although it moves to the surface which touches the skin of a surface sheet and adheres to a wearer's skin, in the napkin 1, since the surface sheet 2 consists of the uneven
- the fiber density becomes high at the time of high wearing pressure, and the convex portion is crushed. Since the shape is maintained, the absorption rate of excreted menstrual blood is increased, which is preferable. Furthermore, since the pores between fibers become small at high mounting pressure, the generated red blood cell agglomerates are easily caught on the fiber at the bottom of the solid, and the red blood cell agglomerates are difficult to move to the surface of the surface sheet. Is more effectively prevented from sticking to the wearer's skin and causing stickiness.
- the capillary force of the concave portion is higher than that of the convex portion. Becomes larger. Therefore, the aggregate of red blood cells is difficult to move to the surface of the surface sheet, and it is more effectively prevented that the aggregate of red blood cells adheres to the wearer's skin and causes stickiness.
- the fiber density in the vicinity of the concave portion and the fiber density at the top portion of the convex portion are measured as follows.
- the scanning electron microscope for example, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. can be used.
- the surface sheet 2 has the upper layer distribute
- the fiber density of the said lower layer is the said When the fiber density is higher than that of the upper layer, the capillary force of the lower layer becomes larger than that of the upper layer. Therefore, the absorption rate of excreted menstrual blood is increased, and the aggregate of red blood cells generated by the lower member is less likely to move to the surface of the top sheet, so that the aggregate of red blood cells adheres to the wearer's skin. It is possible to more effectively prevent stickiness.
- the pressure applied to the topsheet 2 is in the planar direction. Difficult to propagate to. Furthermore, in a large area in the plane direction, menstrual blood is drawn to the lower layer side, so that the absorption speed is increased, and the aggregate of red blood cells generated on the lower layer side is prevented from returning to the surface of the topsheet 2.
- Menstrual blood passes through the side surface and the concave portion of the convex portion of the topsheet 2 and reacts with a hemagglutinating agent disposed closer to the backsheet 3 than the non-skin facing surface of the topsheet 2, thereby aggregating red blood cells. Since the lump is formed preferentially on the back sheet side over the non-skin facing surface of the recess and the top sheet 2, the agglomerate of red blood cells may come into contact with the wearer's skin and cause discomfort such as stickiness. Effectively prevented.
- the napkin 1 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 has side leakage preventing grooves 81, 81 extending in the vertical direction X on both sides of the vertical center line CL on the skin facing surface of the napkin 1. ing.
- Each of the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81 extends in the longitudinal direction X of the napkin 1 on each side of the excretion spot portion P in the lateral direction Y.
- the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81 and 81 preferably extend in the longitudinal direction X at least on both sides of the excretion part facing part B with the excretion spot part P interposed therebetween.
- the side leakage prevention groove 81 preferably extends from the excretory part facing part B to the front part A or the rear part B.
- the end part by the side of the front part A is connected by the front leak-proof groove 82 which passes a front side from the excretion spot part P, and a pair of side leak-proof groove 81,81 is excreted.
- end portions on the rear portion C side are connected to each other by a rear leakage prevention groove 83 that passes rearward from the spot portion P.
- Each of the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81 is a central circle having a plan view shape that is curved outwardly in the lateral direction Y at portions located on both sides of the lateral direction Y across the excretion spot portion.
- a front arcuate part 81a and a rear circle each having an arcuate part 81b and having a plan view shape curved in a convex manner outward in the lateral direction Y before and after the central arcuate part 81b in the longitudinal direction X It has an arcuate portion 81c.
- Each of the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81 has a plan view shape in which the three arcuate portions 81a, 81b, 81c that are convexly curved outward in the lateral direction Y are connected in the longitudinal direction X.
- the connecting portion between the central arc-shaped portion 81b and the front arc-shaped portion 81a and the connecting portion between the central arc-shaped portion 81b and the rear arc-shaped portion 81c have a distance between the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81. It is a narrowed part.
- the skin facing surface side of the absorbent body 4 is recessed in a groove shape together with the top sheet 2, and the absorbent body 4 is The portions where the leakage grooves 81, 82, 83 are formed are consolidated as compared with the portions of the absorber 4 that are located on both sides of the leakage prevention grooves 81, 82, 83.
- the annular leak-proof groove 8 is formed by, for example, subjecting the top sheet 2 and the absorbent body 4 to overlap each other toward the back sheet 3 by integrally pressing or embossing with heating and pressurization. Can be formed.
- the main role of the leak-proof groove 8 is to suppress the diffusion of liquid in the plane direction of the napkin 1.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric used as the surface sheet 2 is hydrophilic in whole or in part in the thickness direction or the planar direction.
- the portions where the leakage preventing grooves 81, 82, 83 are formed are hydrophilic.
- a nonwoven fabric or polyethylene which is mainly composed of cellulose fibers such as wood pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers, cellulose acetate fibers, etc., as the topsheet 2
- a method using a non-woven fabric or the like mainly composed of fibers obtained by hydrophilizing synthetic fibers such as polyolefin fibers such as polypropylene and condensed fibers such as polyester and polyamide with a hydrophilic oil a nonwoven fabric or polyethylene, which is mainly composed of cellulose fibers such as wood pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers, cellulose acetate fibers, etc.
- a method using a non-woven fabric or the like mainly composed of fibers obtained by hydrophilizing synthetic fibers such as polyolefin fibers such as polypropylene and condensed fibers such as polyester and polyamide with a hydrophilic oil.
- Red blood cells aggregated by the hemagglutinating agent become aggregates.
- a cationic polymer is useful as the hemagglutinating agent.
- the reason is as follows. Red blood cells have a red blood cell membrane on their surface.
- the erythrocyte membrane has a two-layer structure. This two-layer structure is composed of a red blood cell membrane skeleton as a lower layer and a lipid membrane as an upper layer.
- the lipid film exposed on the surface of erythrocytes contains a protein called glycophorin.
- Glycophorin has a sugar chain to which a sugar having an anionic charge called sialic acid is bonded at its end.
- erythrocytes can be treated as colloidal particles having an anionic charge.
- an aggregating agent is used for aggregating the colloidal particles.
- erythrocytes are anionic colloidal particles, it is advantageous to use a cationic substance as an aggregating agent from the viewpoint of neutralizing the electric double layer of erythrocytes.
- the aggregating agent has a polymer chain, the polymer chains of the aggregating agent adsorbed on the surface of the erythrocyte tend to be entangled with each other, thereby promoting the aggregation of erythrocytes.
- the aggregating agent has a functional group
- the hemagglutinating agent cationic polymer
- the preferred hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention is preferably one that acts to agglutinate erythrocytes in blood to form erythrocyte clots and to separate plasma components.
- a particularly preferred hemagglutinating agent has the property that, when 1000 ppm of a measurement sample agent is added to simulated blood, at least two or more red blood cells aggregate to form an aggregate while maintaining the fluidity of blood. Is.
- the above-mentioned “state in which the fluidity of blood is maintained” means that 10 g of simulated blood to which a measurement sample is added at 1000 ppm is screw tube bottle (manufactured by Maruemu, product number “screw tube No. 4”, mouth inner diameter 14.5 mm, body diameter 27 mm, full length 55 mm), and when the screw tube bottle containing the simulated blood is inverted 180 degrees, 80% or more of the simulated blood flows down within 5 seconds.
- Simulated blood means that the viscosity measured using a B-type viscometer (model number TVB-10M manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd., measurement conditions: rotor No.
- Whether or not “two or more erythrocytes have aggregated to form an aggregate” is determined as follows. That is, the simulated blood to which a measurement sample was added at 1000 ppm was diluted 4000 times with physiological saline, and a laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device (manufactured by HORIBA, model number: LA-950V2, measurement condition: flow cell measurement). The average median diameter of the volume particle diameter measured at a temperature of 25 ° C. by a laser diffraction scattering method using a circulation speed of 1 and no ultrasonic wave is 10 ⁇ m corresponding to the size of an aggregate in which two or more red blood cells are aggregated. When it is above, it is determined that “two or more red blood cells aggregate to form an aggregate”.
- the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention satisfies the above-mentioned properties by a single compound that meets the above-described properties, a plurality of combinations of single compounds that meet the above-mentioned properties, or a combination of a plurality of compounds (aggregation of erythrocytes). Agent).
- the hemagglutinating agent is an agent limited to those having an erythrocyte aggregating action as defined above. Therefore, when the hemagglutinating agent contains a third component that does not meet the above definition, it is expressed as a hemagglutinating agent composition and is distinguished from the hemagglutinating agent.
- the term “single compound” is a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but having different molecular weights due to different numbers of repeating units.
- a cationic polymer is preferable.
- the cationic polymer include cationized cellulose and cationized starch such as hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride.
- the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention can also contain a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate as a cationic polymer.
- the “quaternary ammonium salt” includes a compound having a plus monovalent charge at the nitrogen atom position, or a compound that generates a plus monovalent charge at the nitrogen atom position by neutralization.
- the “copolymer” is a polymer obtained by copolymerization of two or more kinds of polymerizable monomers, and is a binary copolymer or a ternary copolymer or more. Includes both things.
- the “polycondensate” is a polycondensate obtained by polymerizing a condensate composed of two or more monomers.
- the “hemagglutinating agent” refers to the aggregation of erythrocytes by a single compound or a combination of single compounds capable of aggregating blood erythrocytes or a combination of a plurality of compounds. It is an agent that expresses. That is, the hemagglutinating agent is an agent limited to those having a hemagglutination effect.
- the hemagglutinating agent contains the third component, it is expressed as a hemagglutinating agent composition and is distinguished from the hemagglutinating agent.
- the term “single compound” is a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but having different molecular weights due to different numbers of repeating units.
- the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention contains a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer and / or a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer and / or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate as the cationic polymer
- the hemagglutination The agent may contain any one of a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer and a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate, or any combination of two or more. May be included.
- a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- quaternary ammonium salt polymer a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate from the viewpoint of adsorptivity to erythrocytes. preferable.
- the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer and the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate are collectively referred to as “quaternary ammonium salt polymer”.
- the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer is obtained by polymerizing one type of polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety.
- the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer uses at least one polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety and, if necessary, at least one polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety. It was obtained by using seeds and copolymerizing them. That is, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is obtained by using two or more polymerizable monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety and copolymerizing them, or having a quaternary ammonium moiety.
- the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer may be a random copolymer, an alternating copolymer, a block copolymer, or a graft copolymer.
- the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate is obtained by polymerizing these condensates using a condensate composed of one or more monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety.
- the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate is obtained by polymerizing two or more condensates having two or more monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety, or the quaternary ammonium moiety. And a condensate comprising one or more monomers having quaternary ammonium moieties and one or more monomers having no quaternary ammonium moiety, and obtained by condensation polymerization.
- the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a cationic polymer having a quaternary ammonium moiety.
- a quaternary ammonium moiety can be generated by quaternary ammoniumation of a tertiary amine using an alkylating agent.
- the tertiary amine can be dissolved in acid or water and generated by neutralization. Or it can produce
- the alkylating agent include alkyl halides and dialkyl sulfates such as dimethyl sulfate and dimethyl sulfate.
- dialkyl sulfate is preferable because the problem of corrosion that may occur when an alkyl halide is used does not occur.
- the acid include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, phosphoric acid, fluorosulfonic acid, boric acid, chromic acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, gluconic acid, formic acid, ascorbic acid, and hyaluronic acid. .
- a quaternary ammonium salt polymer in which a tertiary amine moiety is quaternized with an alkylating agent, because the electric double layer of erythrocytes can be reliably neutralized.
- Quaternary ammoniumation by a nucleophilic reaction including a condensation reaction can be caused by a ring-opening polycondensation reaction of dimethylamine and epichlorohydrin or a cyclization reaction of dicyandiamide and diethylenetriamine.
- the cationic polymer preferably has a molecular weight of 2000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and even more preferably 30,000 or more.
- the upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 10 million or less, more preferably 5 million or less, and even more preferably 3 million or less.
- the molecular weight of the cationic polymer is preferably 2000 or more and 10 million or less, more preferably 2000 or more and 5 million or less, still more preferably 2000 or more and 3 million or less, and 10,000 or more and 3 million or less.
- the molecular weight referred to in the present invention is a weight average molecular weight.
- the molecular weight of the cationic polymer can be controlled by appropriately selecting the polymerization conditions.
- the molecular weight of the cationic polymer can be measured using HLC-8320GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. Specific measurement conditions are as follows.
- a column in which a guard column ⁇ manufactured by Tosoh Corporation and an analytical column ⁇ -M are connected in series is used at a column temperature of 40 ° C.
- the detector uses RI (refractive index).
- 1 mg of the treatment agent (quaternary ammonium salt polymer) to be measured is dissolved in 1 mL of the eluent.
- a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate uses an eluent in which 150 mmol / L sodium sulfate and 1% by mass acetic acid are dissolved in water.
- a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate has a molecular weight of 5900, a pullulan with a molecular weight of 47300, a pullulan with a molecular weight of 212,000, and a molecular weight of 788,000 with respect to 10 mL of the eluent. Pullulan, a pullulan mixture with 2.5 mg each dissolved, is used as the molecular weight standard.
- a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate is measured at a flow rate of 1.0 mL / min and an injection amount of 100 ⁇ L.
- Polyethylene oxide (PEO) having a molecular weight of 50,000, PEO having a molecular weight of 235,000, PEO having a molecular weight of 875,000, and a PEG-PEO mixture in which 10 mg of each is dissolved is used as a molecular weight standard. Except for a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate, the flow rate is 0.6 mL / min and the injection amount is 100 ⁇ L.
- the cationic polymer is preferably water-soluble.
- water-soluble means that 0.05 g of a 1 mm or less powdery or 0.5 mm or less film-like cationic polymer is added to a 100 mL glass beaker (5 mm ⁇ ) and mixed with 50 mL ion-exchanged water at 25 ° C.
- a stirrer chip having a length of 20 mm and a width of 7 mm is inserted, and the whole amount is dissolved in water within 24 hours under stirring at 600 rpm using a magnetic stirrer HPS-100 manufactured by ASONE Co., Ltd.
- the total amount is preferably dissolved in water within 3 hours, and the total amount is more preferably dissolved in water within 30 minutes.
- the cationic polymer preferably has a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded thereto.
- the quaternary ammonium salt polymer preferably has a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded thereto.
- the quaternary ammonium moiety is preferably present in the side chain.
- the main chain and the side chain are bonded at one point, the flexibility of the side chain is difficult to be hindered, and the quaternary ammonium moiety present in the side chain is smoothly formed on the surface of the erythrocyte. Adsorbs.
- bonded at one point means that one of the carbon atoms constituting the main chain is single-bonded with one carbon atom located at the end of the side chain.
- Connected at two or more points means that two or more of the carbon atoms constituting the main chain are each single-bonded with two or more carbon atoms located at the end of the side chain.
- a quaternary ammonium salt polymer has a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded thereto.
- the number of carbon atoms in each side chain is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 6 or more.
- the upper limit of the carbon number is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 9 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less.
- the number of carbon atoms in the side chain is preferably 4 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 9 or less, and still more preferably 6 or more and 8 or less.
- the carbon number of the side chain is the carbon number of the quaternary ammonium moiety (cation moiety) in the side chain, and even if carbon is contained in the anion that is the counter ion, the carbon is counted. Not included.
- the number of carbon atoms from the carbon atom bonded to the main chain to the carbon atom bonded to the quaternary nitrogen is within the aforementioned range, so that the quaternary ammonium salt. This is preferable because the steric hindrance when the polymer is adsorbed on the surface of the erythrocyte is reduced.
- the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer
- examples of the homopolymer include a polymer of a vinyl monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety or a tertiary amine moiety.
- a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer in which the tertiary amine moiety is quaternized with an alkylating agent before and / or after polymerization are examples of the homopolymer.
- alkylating agent and the acid are as described above.
- the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula 1.
- quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer examples include polyethyleneimine.
- examples of the homopolymer in which the side chain having a quaternary ammonium moiety is bonded to the main chain at two or more points include polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride and polydiallylamine hydrochloride.
- the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer
- two kinds of polymerizable monomers used for the polymerization of the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer described above are used as the copolymer.
- a copolymer obtained by the above copolymerization can be used.
- a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer one or more polymerizable monomers used for the polymerization of the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer described above and a polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety
- the copolymer obtained by copolymerizing using 1 or more types of bodies can be used.
- the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer can be a binary copolymer or a ternary or higher copolymer.
- the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer has a repeating unit represented by the above-described formula 1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula 2 to effectively produce an agglomerate of erythrocytes. It is preferable from the viewpoint.
- a cationic polymerizable monomer an anionic polymerizable monomer, or a nonionic polymerizable monomer can be used.
- a cationic polymerizable monomer an anionic polymerizable monomer, or a nonionic polymerizable monomer
- charge cancellation with a quaternary ammonium moiety in a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is achieved. Therefore, erythrocyte aggregation can be effectively generated.
- Examples of cationic polymerizable monomers include linear compounds having a cation-carrying nitrogen atom in the main chain, such as vinylpyridine as a cyclic compound having a cation-carrying nitrogen atom under a particular condition And a condensed compound of dicyandiamide and diethylenetriamine.
- Examples of the anionic polymerizable monomer include 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, styrene sulfonic acid, and salts of these compounds.
- nonionic polymerizable monomers examples include vinyl alcohol, acrylamide, dimethylacrylamide, ethylene glycol monomethacrylate, ethylene glycol monoacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethyl Examples include acrylate, propyl methacrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, and butyl acrylate.
- One of these cationic polymerizable monomers, anionic polymerizable monomers, or nonionic polymerizable monomers can be used, or any two or more of them can be used in combination. Can do.
- a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer copolymerized using a cationic polymerizable monomer, an anionic polymerizable monomer and / or a nonionic polymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer has a molecular weight of However, as described above, it is preferably 10 million or less, particularly 5 million or less, and particularly preferably 3 million or less (the same applies to the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer exemplified below).
- a polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of hydrogen bonding can also be used as the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety.
- a polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety When such a polymerizable monomer is used for copolymerization, and when erythrocytes are aggregated using a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer obtained therefrom, a hard aggregate is likely to be formed. Absorption performance is less likely to be disturbed.
- the functional group capable of hydrogen bonding include —OH, —NH 2 , —CHO, —COOH, —HF, —SH and the like.
- polymerizable monomers having functional groups capable of hydrogen bonding examples include hydroxyethyl methacrylate, vinyl alcohol, acrylamide, dimethylacrylamide, ethylene glycol monomethacrylate, ethylene glycol monoacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl An acrylate etc. are mentioned.
- hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, dimethylacrylamide, and the like in which hydrogen bonds work strongly, are preferable because the adsorption state of quaternary ammonium salt polymers on erythrocytes is stabilized.
- These polymerizable monomers can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- a polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of hydrophobic interaction can also be used.
- a polymerizable monomer for copolymerization By using such a polymerizable monomer for copolymerization, the same advantageous effect as that in the case of using the polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of hydrogen bonding described above, that is, the hardness of erythrocytes The effect that it becomes easy to produce an agglomerate is produced.
- functional groups capable of hydrophobic interaction include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, and butyl groups, phenyl groups, alkylnaphthalene groups, and fluorinated alkyl groups.
- polymerizable monomers having functional groups capable of hydrophobic interaction examples include methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl methacrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, styrene, etc. Is mentioned.
- methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, etc. which have a strong hydrophobic interaction and do not significantly reduce the solubility of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer, are adsorbed to erythrocytes by the quaternary ammonium salt polymer. Is preferable because of stabilization.
- These polymerizable monomers can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- the molar ratio of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety and the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety in the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is the quaternary ammonium salt. It is preferable that the red blood cells are appropriately adjusted so as to be sufficiently aggregated by the ammonium salt copolymer.
- the molar ratio of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety in the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 22 mol% or more, and 32 mol. % Or more, more preferably 38 mol% or more.
- the molar ratio of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety is preferably 10 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, more preferably 22 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 32 mol% or more and 65 mol% or less, and more preferably 38 mol% or more and 56 mol% or less.
- the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate
- a condensate composed of one or more monomers having the quaternary ammonium moiety described above is used as the polycondensate.
- Polycondensates obtained by polymerizing these condensates can be used. Specific examples include dicyandiamide / diethylenetriamine polycondensate, dimethylamine / epichlorohydrin polycondensate, and the like.
- the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer and quaternary ammonium salt copolymer described above can be obtained by a homopolymerization method or a copolymerization method of a vinyl polymerizable monomer.
- the polymerization method for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, living cation polymerization, living anion polymerization, coordination polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polycondensation and the like can be used.
- radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, living cation polymerization, living anion polymerization, coordination polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polycondensation and the like can be used.
- the conditions under which a quaternary ammonium salt polymer having the desired molecular weight, streaming potential, and / or IOB value can be obtained may be appropriately selected.
- the cationic polymer described in detail above is an example of the above-mentioned “particularly preferred hemagglutinating agent”, and the effect thereof is Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-239286 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-107100, which is the Japanese publication of the application. Reference can be made to Examples 1 to 45 described in the gazette and International Application No. 2016/093233 pamphlet of international application based on the priority claim.
- the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention includes one third component such as a solvent, a plasticizer, a fragrance, an antibacterial / deodorant, and a skin care agent. It may be in the form of a composition (hemagglutinating agent composition) contained above.
- a solvent water, a water-soluble organic solvent such as a saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a mixed solvent of the water-soluble organic solvent and water can be used.
- the plasticizer glycerin, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol and the like can be used.
- flavor which has the green herbal-like fragrance described in patent 4776407, the extract of a plant, the extract of citrus fruits, etc.
- an antibacterial / deodorant it is polymerized from a cancrinite-like mineral containing a metal having antibacterial properties described in Japanese Patent No. 4526271, and a polymerizable monomer having a phenyl group described in Japanese Patent No. 4587928. Porous polymers, quaternary ammonium salts, activated carbon, clay minerals and the like described in Japanese Patent No. 4651392 can be used.
- the skin care agent plant extracts, collagen, natural moisturizing ingredients, moisturizing agents, keratin softening agents, anti-inflammatory agents and the like described in Japanese Patent No. 4084278 can be used.
- the proportion of the cationic polymer in the hemagglutinating agent composition is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more. Further, it is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 10% by mass or less.
- this invention is not restrict
- a hemagglutinating agent instead of disposing a hemagglutinating agent over the entire area of the lower member such as the skin-side core wrap sheet that overlaps the absorbent core, one of the portions of the lower member such as the skin-side core wrap sheet that overlaps the absorbent core. It is also preferable to partially dispose the hemagglutinating agent in an arbitrary pattern in the part.
- the lower member containing the hemagglutinating agent may be a member other than the skin-side core wrap sheet, for example, an absorbent core or a non-skin-side core wrap sheet, and the hemagglutinating agent may be divided into two or more lower members. It may be included. For example, it may be any two or more of the skin-side core wrap sheet, the absorbent core, and the non-skin-side core wrap sheet, and all of the skin-side core wrap sheet, the absorbent core, and the non-skin-side core wrap sheet It is also possible to arrange a hemagglutinating agent over the range.
- the absorbent core 41 is not limited to the one having a uniform thickness over the entire area in the plane direction.
- a part of the plane direction for example, a central part of the excretory part facing part B, etc.
- a raised portion that protrudes toward the skin side can also be formed.
- Such a raised portion can be formed, for example, on a part of the absorbent core 41 by partially increasing the basis weight of a constituent material such as pulp fiber.
- the absorbent article of the present invention has the topsheet 2 indented into the absorbent body 4 by compression processing such as embossing on the skin facing surface formed from the topsheet. It is preferable to have a recess having an arbitrary shape. It is preferable to provide a plurality of such recesses spaced apart from each other. Having such a recess improves the drawability of menstrual blood into the absorber.
- the planar view shape of the recess can be any shape such as a small circle, a star, a square, a hexagon, and the like.
- the absorbent article may not have a side leak-proof sheet and a leak-proof mechanism thereby, may not have a wing portion, and does not have a leak-proof groove. Also good. Further, the absorbent article of the present invention may be a panty liner (clay sheet) other than a sanitary napkin.
- the present invention further discloses the following absorbent article.
- a liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorber disposed between both sheets, and a longitudinal direction and a longitudinal direction along the front-rear direction of the wearer
- An absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption having a transverse direction orthogonal to the surface sheet, wherein the top sheet is made of a concavo-convex nonwoven having at least unevenness on the skin facing surface side, and the back surface is more than the non-skin facing surface of the top sheet.
- the said uneven nonwoven fabric is an absorbent article as described in said ⁇ 1> whose fiber density near the recessed part of the said unevenness
- the said uneven nonwoven fabric is an absorbent article as described in said ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2> in which the convex part of the said unevenness
- the uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the fiber density of the lower layer is higher than the fiber density of the upper layer, ⁇
- ⁇ 6> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a distance between the tops of the uneven protrusions of 0.5 to 10.0 mm in plan view.
- ⁇ 7> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a width of the recesses of the unevenness of 0.2 mm to 3.0 mm in plan view.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the upper layer is formed using heat-extensible fibers, and the heat stretching ⁇ 1, wherein the lower layer has no fiber that is bonded to heat or has a lower proportion than the upper layer.
- the absorbent article according to any one of> to ⁇ 7>.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an interface between the upper layer and the lower layer is bonded to each other.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer is greater than the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the difference between the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer and the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer
- the uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer
- ⁇ 15> ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14> wherein the absorbent article has a pair of side leakage grooves extending in the vertical direction on both sides of the skin-facing surface across the excretion spot portion in the horizontal direction.
- the absorbent article according to any one of 1.
- ⁇ 16> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 15>, wherein the absorbent article has an annular leak-proof groove surrounding the excretion spot portion in the lateral direction on the skin facing surface.
- channel is an absorbent article as described in said ⁇ 17> formed by giving the embossing accompanying a heating and pressurization.
- the absorbent body includes an absorbent core and a core wrap that covers the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent core, and the absorbent core is formed by integral molding, any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 19> 2.
- ⁇ 21> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 20>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric is hydrophilic in whole or in part in a thickness direction or a planar direction.
- ⁇ 22> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 21>, wherein the absorbent includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains a superabsorbent polymer.
- ⁇ 23> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 22>, wherein the absorbent includes an absorbent core, and a deodorant is blended in the absorbent core.
- ⁇ 24> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 23>, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains an antibacterial agent.
- ⁇ 25> The absorptivity according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 24>, wherein the absorbent article includes a pair of wing portions on both lateral sides in the longitudinal intermediate portion (excretion portion facing portion) of the absorbent article. Goods.
- ⁇ 26> Side leakage prevention having a free end not joined to the topsheet and a fixed end joined to the topsheet on both left and right sides of the topsheet of the absorbent article along the longitudinal direction (front-rear direction)
- ⁇ 27> The absorbent article according to any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 26>, wherein a pressure-sensitive adhesive is partially applied to a portion of the absorbent article that contacts the undergarment of the back sheet.
- An absorbent article wherein the absorbent body has an absorbent core containing pulp fibers and a core wrap sheet that covers the absorbent core, and the core wrap covers the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core.
- the water-soluble cationic polymer is held in a state where the pores of the core wrap sheet are filled, and when the moisture permeates the core wrap sheet, the cationic polymer is dissolved, An absorptive article in which voids in the pores are increased.
- ⁇ 29> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 28>, wherein the cationic polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate.
- the cationic polymer has a molecular weight of 10,000 or more and 22 million or less, a streaming potential of 1500 ⁇ eq / L or more and 13000 ⁇ eq or less, and an inorganic value / organic value of 0.6 or more and 4.6 or less as described in ⁇ 29>.
- Example 1 A sanitary napkin having the same configuration as the sanitary napkin shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 was produced according to a conventional method. The following uneven nonwoven fabric A was used as the top sheet, and a moisture-impermeable resin film was used as the back sheet. Convex and concave nonwoven fabric A: A heat-extensible fiber as a raw material was produced in accordance with the description in Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-350836 related to the applicant's previous application.
- high-speed melt spinning was performed using polypropylene as the first resin component and high-density polyethylene as the second resin component as raw materials to obtain concentric core-sheath type heat-extensible fibers.
- the weight ratio of the first resin component to the second resin component was 50:50.
- the obtained fiber was a short fiber having a fiber length of 51 mm, and the short fiber was subjected to two-dimensional mechanical crimping. This fiber had a thermal elongation rate of 11.2%, a crimp rate of 11.8, a melting point of the first resin component of 163 ° C., and a melting point of the second resin component of 128 ° C.
- the spinning conditions are as follows. ⁇ Base temperature: 250 °C ⁇ Spinning speed 2000m / min -Fiber diameter: 3.8 dtex ⁇ Extension: None
- the obtained heat stretched fiber was used as a raw material, which was supplied to a card machine to produce a card web having a basis weight of 30 g / m 2 .
- the card web was embossed using an embossing device to obtain an embossed sheet.
- the concave portions have a rhombic lattice pattern, and the convex portions have a rhombus shape.
- the area of each recess was 0.52 cm 2 , and the ratio of the length Pc in the width direction to the length Pm in the machine direction of the recess (Pc / Pm) was 0.62.
- the heating temperature of the embossing roll 24 in the embossing apparatus was 120 ° C.
- the heating temperature of the smooth roll was 120 ° C.
- the linear pressure was 9.8 MPa / cm.
- the surface of the concave portion in the embossing roll was subjected to fine uneven processing, and the surface roughness Ra was 50 ⁇ m.
- grooved parts in an embossing roll was 1.0 mm.
- hot air was blown onto the embossed sheet to perform air-through heat treatment.
- the temperature of the hot air was 136 ° C.
- the hot air was blown onto the embossed surface (that is, the surface on which the embossing roll contacted). In this way, an uneven nonwoven fabric A (basis weight 30 g / m 2 ) having the form shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 was obtained.
- the uneven nonwoven fabric A was used so that the surface on which many convex portions 25 exist was located on the skin facing surface side of the napkin.
- the absorbent core had a basis weight of 300 g / m 2
- the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer was 56 g / m 2
- AQUALIC CA manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. was used as the superabsorbent polymer.
- the product thickness was 4.2 mm, and the absorber 4 was appropriately compressed for thickness adjustment.
- a thin paper (tissue paper) having a basis weight of 16 g / m 2 and a thickness of 0.3 mm was used.
- a solution obtained by dissolving 5.00 g of the hemagglutinating agent having the following formulation in 100 g of ion-exchanged water over the entire area of the core wrap sheet is immersed in the core wrap sheet so as to have a basis weight of 120 g / m 2 , and then placed in a dryer. Then, it was dried by allowing it to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C., and the hemagglutinating agent contained in the dried core wrap sheet was 6 g / m 2 .
- polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride which is a water-soluble quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer (trade name Marcoat 100 (weight average molecular weight: 150,000) manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.) Using. [Prescription of hemagglutinating agent] Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying the marcoat 100 (weight average molecular weight: 150,000, streaming potential: 7488 ⁇ eq / L)
- Comparative Example 1 A sanitary napkin was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the hemagglutinating agent was not applied to the core wrap sheet, and this was used as a sample of Comparative Example 1.
- Non-woven fabric F synthetic fiber (core-sheath type composite fiber with a core made of polyethylene terephthalate and a sheath made of polyethylene) having a fiber diameter of 3.3 dtex, a basis weight of 25 g / m 2 , and a thickness of 0.
- This non-woven fabric F is a flat non-woven fabric having no irregularities on both the skin facing surface and the non-skin facing surface.
- ⁇ Surface liquid return amount> Place the sanitary napkin sample horizontally with the top sheet facing the top, and place a cylindrical acrylic plate with a 1 cm diameter injection port on the bottom, and inject 6 g of simulated blood from the injection port. The state was maintained for 1 minute. Next, the acrylic plate with a cylinder was removed, and 16 sheets of absorbent paper (commercially available tissue paper) having a length of 6 cm ⁇ width of 9.5 cm and a basis weight of 13 g / m 2 were placed on the surface of the top sheet. Further, a weight was placed thereon so that the pressure was 20 ⁇ 98 Pa (20 gf / cm 2 ), and pressure was applied for 5 seconds. After pressurization, the absorbent paper was taken out, the weight of the paper before and after pressurization was measured and subtracted, and the weight of the simulated blood absorbed in the paper was calculated and used as the surface liquid return amount (mg).
- absorbent paper commercially available tissue paper
- the sanitary napkin (product of the present invention) of Example 1 uses an uneven nonwoven fabric as a surface sheet and has a static maximum absorption amount by arranging a hemagglutinating agent on the lower member. It can be seen that more menstrual blood can be absorbed and the erythrocyte aggregate is less likely to return to the surface.
- the sanitary napkin of Comparative Example 1 in which no hemagglutinating agent is disposed on the lower member does not improve the static maximum absorption amount, and exhibits an aggregation effect on the absorption performance of the napkin. It turns out that there is no.
- the amount of surface liquid return is large, and when pressure is applied during wearing, the agglomerates of erythrocytes easily migrate to the surface of the surface sheet that easily comes into contact with the wearer's skin.
- the sanitary napkin of Comparative Example 2 using a flat nonwoven fabric as the top sheet has a better static maximum absorption than Comparative Example 1, It can be seen that the amount of surface liquid return is large, and when pressure is applied during wearing, the agglomerates of erythrocytes easily migrate to the surface of the surface sheet that easily contacts the wearer's skin.
- both the inclusion of the hemagglutinating agent in the lower member and the use of the uneven nonwoven fabric as the surface sheet allow the liquid to migrate to the surface and the napkin can absorb menstrual blood. It turns out that it is important from the viewpoint of balancing the maximum absorption amount.
- Example 2 Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying trade name PAS-H-5L manufactured by Nitto Bo Medical Co., Ltd. (weight average molecular weight: 30,000, streaming potential 7447 ⁇ eq / L, IOB 2.1)
- Example 3 Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying a poly (diallyldimethylammonium chloride) solution manufactured by Aldrich (weight average molecular weight: 400,000 to 500,000, streaming potential 6827 ⁇ eq / L, IOB 2.1 )
- Example 4 in Example 2, as a surface sheet, a surface sheet having a ridge groove structure that was peeled off by cooling the product from Unicharm's “Hadamoi no Michi to normal daily wings 21 cm” A sanitary napkin was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the grooves each extended in the longitudinal direction of the sanitary napkin and were bonded to the skin facing surface side.
- a sample of a sanitary napkin was fixed to a sanitary short and attached to a dynamic model of a human body having an excretion opening provided with a liquid injection tube.
- the walking motion of the dynamic model was started, and 1 minute after the start of the walking motion, 2 g of simulated blood was injected from the excretion opening (first time). Furthermore, 2 g of simulated blood was injected 3 minutes after the end of the first liquid injection (second time). Furthermore, 2 g of simulated blood was injected 3 minutes after the end of the second liquid injection (third time).
- the third and subsequent liquid injections were repeated when 2 g of simulated blood was repeatedly injected 3 minutes after the liquid injection, and ended when the liquid oozed out from the wing part of the sanitary napkin, and the dynamic maximum absorption amount (g) was obtained. .
- the sanitary napkins of the first to fourth embodiments have an improved dynamic maximum absorption and a surface liquid return amount as compared with the sanitary napkins of the comparative examples 1 and 2. It can be seen that is significantly improved.
- Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4 The absorbent core used in each of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 was the same except that the basis weight of the wood pulp fiber was changed to 280 g / m 2 and the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer was changed to 29 g / m 2.
- a sanitary napkin having a thickness of 4.0 mm was prepared as Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4.
- the dynamic maximum absorption amount and the surface liquid return amount were evaluated in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 described above.
- agglomerates of red blood cells produced by contact of a hemagglutinating agent with menstrual blood are less likely to adhere to the skin, and are excellent in menstrual blood absorption performance and wearing feeling.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
Abstract
An absorbent article (1) for the absorption of menstrual bleeding that is provided with a liquid-permeable front sheet (2) forming a skin-facing surface, a back sheet (3) forming a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorbent body (4) disposed between the front and back sheets, and that has a longitudinal direction (X) along the front-back direction of the wearer of the absorbent article and a transverse direction (Y) perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, the front sheet (2) comprising a textured nonwoven fabric (10) having projections and recesses in at least the skin-facing surface side, and a blood coagulant being included in a lower member (42a) such as a core wrapping sheet disposed in a position which is closer to the back sheet (3) than the front sheet (2).
Description
本発明は、経血吸収用の吸収性物品に関する。
The present invention relates to an absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption.
血液に作用させる流体処理剤を吸収性物品に適用して、該吸収性物品の経血の吸収性能を向上させる技術が知られている(例えば、特許文献1~特許文献3)。
特許文献1には、多価イオンの塩を含有する吸収性パッドを含む月経帯が開示されている。特許文献2には、部分水和無水ジカルボン酸コポリマー又はポリカチオンを血液ゲル化剤として含むナプキンが開示されている。特許文献3にはポリプロピレンオキシド及びポリエチレンオキシドを含むトリブロックポリマー又はポリカチオンを流体処理材として含むパーソナルケア吸収性物品が提案されている。 A technique is known in which a fluid treatment agent that acts on blood is applied to an absorbent article to improve the menstrual blood absorption performance of the absorbent article (for example,Patent Documents 1 to 3).
Patent Document 1 discloses a menstrual band including an absorbent pad containing a salt of multivalent ions. Patent Document 2 discloses a napkin containing a partially hydrated dicarboxylic anhydride copolymer or polycation as a blood gelling agent. Patent Document 3 proposes a personal care absorbent article containing a triblock polymer or polycation containing polypropylene oxide and polyethylene oxide as a fluid treatment material.
特許文献1には、多価イオンの塩を含有する吸収性パッドを含む月経帯が開示されている。特許文献2には、部分水和無水ジカルボン酸コポリマー又はポリカチオンを血液ゲル化剤として含むナプキンが開示されている。特許文献3にはポリプロピレンオキシド及びポリエチレンオキシドを含むトリブロックポリマー又はポリカチオンを流体処理材として含むパーソナルケア吸収性物品が提案されている。 A technique is known in which a fluid treatment agent that acts on blood is applied to an absorbent article to improve the menstrual blood absorption performance of the absorbent article (for example,
また、本出願人は、先に、水溶性の金属化合物を含む血液凝固剤を、吸収性コアに含有した吸収性物品を提案した(特許文献4参照)。
The applicant previously proposed an absorbent article containing a blood coagulant containing a water-soluble metal compound in an absorbent core (see Patent Document 4).
本発明は、肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配されている吸収体を備え、着用者の前後方向に沿う縦方向及び該縦方向に直交する横方向を有する経血吸収用の吸収性物品である。前記表面シートは、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなっている。前記表面シートの非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シートに近い位置に配された下方部材に血球凝集剤が含まれている。
The present invention includes a liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorbent body disposed between the two sheets, and a longitudinal direction along the wearer's front-rear direction. And an absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption having a transverse direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction. The said surface sheet consists of an uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabric which has an unevenness | corrugation in the skin opposing surface side at least. A hemagglutinating agent is contained in the lower member disposed at a position closer to the back sheet than the non-skin facing surface of the top sheet.
特許文献1及び4では、血液凝固剤として水溶性の金属化合物を用いる以外、流体処理剤の吸収性物品における塗布状態についての開示がない。吸収性物品の肌対向面を形成する表面シートや表面シートの隣接する吸収体の表面等に血液凝固剤を配した場合、赤血球の凝集塊が、表面シートの肌対向面側の表面に生じたり該表面に移動したりして、着用者の肌に付着する恐れがあった。赤血球の凝集塊は、粘度が高く、強くべたつくため、着用者の肌に付着すると着用感の悪化や排泄部周辺の皮膚トラブルにつながる。一方、特許文献2及び特許文献3に記載の吸収性物品は、赤血球成分を凝集させることはできるが、継続して排出される経血が、初期で形成された凝集塊によって後期の経血吸収を妨げられてしまう可能性が高く、また、ポリカチオンを含む流体処理剤を使用しうることは記載しているものの、実際にはノニオン系の処理材でのデータしか開示されていない。また、これら技術では、吸収性物品の排泄スポット部に対向する部分での血球凝集物による通液性の低下により、血液の吸収体への吸収が妨げられ、血液を吸収するのに時間が掛かり、継続的に当該メカニズムによる血液の吸収を保障することは難しく、使用時に血液が肌側へ戻る、いわゆる液戻りの点でも不利なものであった。
Patent Documents 1 and 4 do not disclose the application state of the fluid treatment agent in the absorbent article except that a water-soluble metal compound is used as the blood coagulant. When a blood coagulant is placed on the surface sheet that forms the skin facing surface of the absorbent article or the surface of the absorbent body adjacent to the surface sheet, red blood cell aggregates may form on the skin facing surface side of the surface sheet. There was a risk of moving to the surface and adhering to the wearer's skin. Red blood cell agglomerates are highly viscous and sticky, so if they adhere to the skin of the wearer, it will lead to deterioration of the feeling of wear and skin problems around the excretory part. On the other hand, the absorbent articles described in Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3 can agglutinate red blood cell components, but menstrual blood that is continuously discharged is absorbed later in the menstrual mass by the aggregate formed in the initial stage. Although it is described that fluid treatment agents containing polycations can be used, only data on nonionic treatment materials are disclosed. Also, in these technologies, the absorption of blood into the absorber is hindered due to a decrease in liquid permeability due to blood cell aggregates at the part facing the excretion spot part of the absorbent article, and it takes time to absorb the blood. In addition, it is difficult to guarantee blood absorption by the mechanism continuously, and this is disadvantageous in terms of so-called liquid return, in which blood returns to the skin side during use.
本発明の課題は、従来技術が有する解決課題を解決し得る吸収性物品を提供することに関する。
The problem of the present invention relates to providing an absorbent article that can solve the problems of the prior art.
以下、本発明の経血吸収用の吸収性物品を、その好ましい実施形態に基づき図面を参照しつつ説明する。経血吸収用の吸収性物品は、生理用品に含まれる。
本発明の吸収性物品は、肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配されている吸収体を備え、着用者の前後方向に沿う縦方向X及び該縦方向に直交する横方向Yを有する経血吸収用の吸収性物品であり、好ましくは、生理用ナプキンである。 Hereinafter, an absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption according to the present invention will be described based on preferred embodiments with reference to the drawings. Absorbent articles for menstrual blood absorption are included in sanitary products.
The absorbent article of the present invention includes a liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorbent body disposed between these two sheets, and the wearer's front-back direction The absorbent article for absorbing menstrual blood has a longitudinal direction X along the transverse direction Y and a transverse direction Y perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, preferably a sanitary napkin.
本発明の吸収性物品は、肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配されている吸収体を備え、着用者の前後方向に沿う縦方向X及び該縦方向に直交する横方向Yを有する経血吸収用の吸収性物品であり、好ましくは、生理用ナプキンである。 Hereinafter, an absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption according to the present invention will be described based on preferred embodiments with reference to the drawings. Absorbent articles for menstrual blood absorption are included in sanitary products.
The absorbent article of the present invention includes a liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorbent body disposed between these two sheets, and the wearer's front-back direction The absorbent article for absorbing menstrual blood has a longitudinal direction X along the transverse direction Y and a transverse direction Y perpendicular to the longitudinal direction, preferably a sanitary napkin.
本発明の実施形態の生理用ナプキン1(以下、ナプキン1ともいう。)は、図1及び図2に示すように、肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート2、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート3及びこれら両シート2,3間に配されている液保持性の吸収体4を備えている。表面シート2、吸収体4及び裏面シート3は、一体化されて吸収性本体5を構成している。吸収性本体5の長手方向両側部の表面シート2側には、サイド防漏シート6が配されている。サイド防漏シート6は、表面シート2に接合されていない自由端61と、表面シート2に接合された固定端62とを有しており、使用時には、固定端62と自由端61との間が表面シート2から離間し、側方への横漏れを防止する防漏ポケット(図示せず)を形成する。吸収性本体5の非肌対向面にはショーツのクロッチ部への固定に用いられる本体粘着部(図示略)が設けられている。また、ナプキン1は、縦方向Xにおける両側部に、一対のウイング部7を有している。一対のウイング部7の裏面シート3側の面には、ショーツのクロッチ部の非肌対向面への固定に用いられるウイング部粘着部(図示略)が設けられている。
A sanitary napkin 1 (hereinafter also referred to as napkin 1) according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a liquid-permeable surface sheet 2 and a non-skin facing surface that form a skin facing surface, as shown in FIGS. A back sheet 3 to be formed and a liquid retaining absorbent 4 disposed between the two sheets 2 and 3 are provided. The top sheet 2, the absorber 4 and the back sheet 3 are integrated to form an absorbent main body 5. Side leakproof sheets 6 are arranged on the surface sheet 2 side on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 5. The side leak-proof sheet 6 has a free end 61 that is not joined to the top sheet 2 and a fixed end 62 that is joined to the top sheet 2, and is used between the fixed end 62 and the free end 61 when used. Forms a leak-proof pocket (not shown) that separates from the top sheet 2 and prevents lateral leakage to the side. A main body adhesive portion (not shown) used for fixing to the crotch portion of the shorts is provided on the non-skin facing surface of the absorbent main body 5. The napkin 1 has a pair of wing portions 7 on both side portions in the longitudinal direction X. On the surface of the pair of wing portions 7 on the back sheet 3 side, a wing adhesive portion (not shown) used for fixing the crotch portion of the shorts to the non-skin facing surface is provided.
図1に示すように、ナプキン1は着用者の前後方向に対応する縦方向X及び該縦方向Xに直交する横方向Yを有している。またナプキン1は、縦方向Xに関して、幅方向(横方向)Y中央部に膣口等の着用者の液排泄部に対向配置される排泄スポット部Pを有する排泄部対向部(中間部)Bと、該排泄部対向部Bよりも着用者の腹側(前側)寄りに配される前方部Aと、該排泄部対向部Bよりも着用者の背側(後側)寄りに配される後方部Cとを有している。即ち、ナプキン1は、縦方向Xに、前方部A、排泄部対向部B及び後方部Cにこの順番に区分される。
As shown in FIG. 1, the napkin 1 has a longitudinal direction X corresponding to the wearer's front-rear direction and a lateral direction Y orthogonal to the longitudinal direction X. Further, the napkin 1 has an excretion part facing part (intermediate part) B having an excretion spot part P disposed opposite the wearer's liquid excretion part such as the vaginal opening in the width direction (lateral direction) Y central part with respect to the vertical direction X. And the front part A that is arranged closer to the abdomen (front side) of the wearer than the excretion part facing part B, and the closer to the back side (rear side) of the wearer than the excretion part facing part B. And a rear portion C. That is, the napkin 1 is divided into the front part A, the excretion part opposing part B, and the rear part C in this order in the vertical direction X.
本発明の吸収性物品において、肌対向面は、ナプキン1又はその構成部材(例えば表面シート2,吸収性コア41)における、ナプキン1の着用時に着用者の肌側に向けられる面であり、非肌対向面は、ナプキン1又はその構成部材における、ナプキン1の着用時に肌側とは反対側(通常着衣側)に向けられる面である。排泄スポット部Pとは、ナプキン1等の吸収性物品の着用時に、着用者の液排泄部に対向配置され、経血が直接的に供給される部位であり、通常、前述した排泄部対向部Bの縦方向X及び幅方向Yの中央部に位置している。
In the absorbent article of the present invention, the skin-facing surface is a surface that faces the wearer's skin when the napkin 1 is worn in the napkin 1 or its constituent members (for example, the surface sheet 2 and the absorbent core 41). The skin-facing surface is a surface of the napkin 1 or its constituent members that is directed to the side opposite to the skin side (usually the clothing side) when the napkin 1 is worn. The excretion spot part P is a part that is disposed opposite to the liquid excretion part of the wearer when the absorbent article such as the napkin 1 is worn, and is directly supplied with menstrual blood. It is located at the center in the vertical direction X and the width direction Y of B.
本発明の吸収性物品において、排泄部対向部Bとは、本実施形態のナプキン1のように所謂ウイング部を有する場合には、吸収性物品の縦方向Xにおいてウイング部を有する領域(一方のウイング部の縦方向Xに沿う付け根と他方のウイング部の縦方向Xに沿う付け根とに挟まれた領域)を意味する。また、吸収性物品がウイング部を有しない場合には、吸収性物品が3つ折りの個装形態に折り畳まれた際に生じる、該吸収性物品を横方向Yに横断する2本の折曲線(図示せず)について、該吸収性物品の縦方向Xの前端から数えて第1折曲線と第2折曲線とに囲まれた領域を意味する。
In the absorbent article of the present invention, the excretory part-facing part B is a region having one wing part in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent article (one side) It means a region sandwiched between a root along the vertical direction X of the wing portion and a root along the vertical direction X of the other wing portion. Further, when the absorbent article does not have a wing portion, two folding lines (when the absorbent article is folded into a three-fold individual form, crossing the absorbent article in the lateral direction Y ( (Not shown) means a region surrounded by a first folding line and a second folding line as counted from the front end in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent article.
ナプキン1においては、表面シート2は吸収体4の肌対向面の全域を被覆し、裏面シート3は吸収体4の非肌対向面の全域を被覆している。表面シート2及び裏面シート3は、吸収体4の縦方向Xの両端縁からの延出部分が互いに接合されている。また裏面シート3及びサイド防漏シート6は、吸収体4の縦方向Xに沿う両側縁から横方向Yの外方に延出した部分が互いに接合されている。このようにして、吸収体4が表面シート2と裏面シート3とで挟持され、表面シート2及び裏面シート3がナプキン1の外縁部全周で接合されている。ナプキン1を構成するシート間の接合には、接着剤、ヒートシール、超音波シール等の任意の接合手段が用いられる。
In the napkin 1, the top sheet 2 covers the whole area of the absorbent body 4 facing the skin, and the back sheet 3 covers the whole area of the absorbent body 4 not facing the skin. The surface sheet 2 and the back surface sheet 3 are joined to each other at the extended portions from both end edges in the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4. Further, the back sheet 3 and the side leak-proof sheet 6 are joined to each other at portions extending outward in the lateral direction Y from both side edges along the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4. In this way, the absorbent body 4 is sandwiched between the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3, and the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3 are joined around the entire outer edge of the napkin 1. For joining between the sheets constituting the napkin 1, any joining means such as an adhesive, heat sealing, ultrasonic sealing or the like is used.
本発明の吸収性物品は、表面シートとして、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなる表面シートを有している。本実施形態のナプキン1は、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなる表面シートとして、以下(1)に記載の凹凸不織布からなる表面シートを具備している。
The absorbent article of the present invention has a surface sheet made of an uneven nonwoven fabric having unevenness at least on the skin facing surface side as the surface sheet. The napkin 1 of this embodiment is provided with the surface sheet which consists of an uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabric as described in (1) below as a surface sheet which consists of an uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabric which has an unevenness | corrugation at least on the skin opposing surface side.
(1)凹凸の凸部の内部が中実であり、平面視において凸部が散点状に配置されている凹凸不織布。
前記(1)の凹凸不織布としては、図3及び図4に示される凹凸不織布10や、熱伸長繊維を用いて形成された凹凸不織布が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
図3及び図4に示す凹凸不織布10は、熱収縮した熱収縮性繊維を含む下層繊維層22と、非熱収縮性繊維からなる上層繊維層23とを有しており、両繊維層22,23は、多数の熱融着部24において部分的に熱融着されて厚さ方向に一体化されている。熱融着部24は、表面シート2の平面方向に散点状に形成されている。凹凸不織布10は、その製造の際に、熱収縮性繊維を含む下層繊維層22と、非熱収縮性繊維からなるか、熱収縮性繊維の含有割合が下層繊維層22よりも少ない上層繊維層23とを積層し、それらをヒートシール、超音波シール等により部分的に熱融着させた後、その積層体に熱風処理を施し、4つの熱融着部24に囲まれた領域内の下層繊維層22を熱収縮させ上層繊維層23を肌対向面側に突出させて多数の凸部25を形成したものである。
凹凸不織布10又はそれが組み込まれた吸収性物品の平面視において、凸部25、及び熱融着部24を中心に有する凹部26は、それぞれ散点状に形成され、より具体的には、それぞれ千鳥状に形成されている。個々の凸部25の内部は、図4に示すように中実である。また、凹凸不織布10は上層繊維層23側の面が凹凸形状を有する一方、吸収体側に向けられる下層繊維層22側の面は平坦であるか、上層繊維層23側の面に比して凹凸の高低差が半分未満である。凹凸不織布10は、凹凸形状を有する上層繊維層23側を、肌対向面側、下層繊維層22側を吸収体4側に向けてナプキン1等の吸収性物品に組み込まれる。 (1) An uneven nonwoven fabric in which the insides of uneven projections are solid and the projections are arranged in a dotted pattern in plan view.
Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric of (1) include, but are not limited to, the unevennonwoven fabric 10 shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 and the uneven nonwoven fabric formed using heat-stretched fibers.
The unevennonwoven fabric 10 shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 has a lower fiber layer 22 containing heat-shrinkable heat-shrinkable fibers and an upper fiber layer 23 made of non-heat-shrinkable fibers. 23 is partly heat-sealed in a large number of heat-sealing portions 24 and integrated in the thickness direction. The heat fusion part 24 is formed in a dotted shape in the planar direction of the top sheet 2. The uneven nonwoven fabric 10 consists of a lower fiber layer 22 containing heat-shrinkable fibers and a non-heat-shrinkable fiber, or an upper fiber layer containing less heat-shrinkable fibers than the lower fiber layer 22 during its production. 23, and partially heat-sealing them by heat sealing, ultrasonic sealing or the like, then subjecting the laminated body to hot air treatment, and lower layers in the region surrounded by the four heat-sealing portions 24 The fiber layer 22 is heat-shrinked and the upper fiber layer 23 is protruded to the skin facing surface side to form a large number of convex portions 25.
In the plan view of the unevennonwoven fabric 10 or the absorbent article in which the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 is incorporated, the convex portions 25 and the concave portions 26 centered on the heat fusion portion 24 are each formed in a dotted shape, and more specifically, It is formed in a staggered pattern. The inside of each convex part 25 is solid as shown in FIG. The uneven nonwoven fabric 10 has an uneven shape on the surface on the upper fiber layer 23 side, while the surface on the lower fiber layer 22 side facing the absorber side is flat or uneven as compared with the surface on the upper fiber layer 23 side. The height difference is less than half. The uneven nonwoven fabric 10 is incorporated in an absorbent article such as the napkin 1 with the upper fiber layer 23 side having an uneven shape facing the skin facing surface side and the lower fiber layer 22 side facing the absorbent body 4 side.
前記(1)の凹凸不織布としては、図3及び図4に示される凹凸不織布10や、熱伸長繊維を用いて形成された凹凸不織布が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
図3及び図4に示す凹凸不織布10は、熱収縮した熱収縮性繊維を含む下層繊維層22と、非熱収縮性繊維からなる上層繊維層23とを有しており、両繊維層22,23は、多数の熱融着部24において部分的に熱融着されて厚さ方向に一体化されている。熱融着部24は、表面シート2の平面方向に散点状に形成されている。凹凸不織布10は、その製造の際に、熱収縮性繊維を含む下層繊維層22と、非熱収縮性繊維からなるか、熱収縮性繊維の含有割合が下層繊維層22よりも少ない上層繊維層23とを積層し、それらをヒートシール、超音波シール等により部分的に熱融着させた後、その積層体に熱風処理を施し、4つの熱融着部24に囲まれた領域内の下層繊維層22を熱収縮させ上層繊維層23を肌対向面側に突出させて多数の凸部25を形成したものである。
凹凸不織布10又はそれが組み込まれた吸収性物品の平面視において、凸部25、及び熱融着部24を中心に有する凹部26は、それぞれ散点状に形成され、より具体的には、それぞれ千鳥状に形成されている。個々の凸部25の内部は、図4に示すように中実である。また、凹凸不織布10は上層繊維層23側の面が凹凸形状を有する一方、吸収体側に向けられる下層繊維層22側の面は平坦であるか、上層繊維層23側の面に比して凹凸の高低差が半分未満である。凹凸不織布10は、凹凸形状を有する上層繊維層23側を、肌対向面側、下層繊維層22側を吸収体4側に向けてナプキン1等の吸収性物品に組み込まれる。 (1) An uneven nonwoven fabric in which the insides of uneven projections are solid and the projections are arranged in a dotted pattern in plan view.
Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric of (1) include, but are not limited to, the uneven
The uneven
In the plan view of the uneven
下層繊維層22を収縮させる熱収縮性繊維としては、公知のものを特に制限無く用いることができ、潜在捲縮性繊維を用いることがより好ましい。潜在捲縮性繊維は、熱処理により螺旋状の捲縮を発現して収縮するものであり、例えば収縮率の異なる2種類の熱可塑性ポリマー材料を成分とする偏心芯鞘型複合繊維又はサイドバイサイド型複合繊維からなる。その例としては、特開平9-296325号公報や特許2759331号明細書に記載のものが挙げられる。収縮率の異なる2種類の熱可塑性ポリマー材料の例としては、例えばエチレン-プロピレンランダム共重合体(EP)とポリプロピレン(PP)との組合せが好適に挙げられる。下層繊維層22は熱収縮性繊維100%から構成されていてもよく、他の繊維を含んでいてもよい。他の繊維が含まれる場合、熱収縮性繊維の量は、下層繊維層22の質量に対して50質量%以上、特に70~90質量%であることが好ましい。上層繊維層23に含まれる非熱収縮性繊維としては、熱収縮性を示さない繊維、及び熱収縮性は示すが、下層繊維層に含まれる熱収縮性繊維の熱収縮開始温度以下では実質的に熱収縮しない繊維が挙げられる。また上層繊維層23には、下層繊維層22に含まれる熱収縮性繊維の熱収縮開始温度TSより高い融点TMを有する熱融着樹脂を含む熱融着繊維が含まれていることが好ましい。熱融着繊維は、該熱融着樹脂の質量基準で上層繊維層23の質量に対して好ましくは70質量%以上、更に好ましくは80質量%以上含まれている。最も好ましくは、上層繊維層23を構成する非熱収縮性繊維は、前記熱融着繊維100質量%からなる。
As the heat-shrinkable fibers for shrinking the lower fiber layer 22, known ones can be used without particular limitation, and it is more preferable to use latent crimpable fibers. The latent crimpable fiber is one that develops a helical crimp by heat treatment and shrinks, for example, an eccentric core-sheath type composite fiber or side-by-side type composite containing two types of thermoplastic polymer materials having different shrinkage rates as components. Made of fiber. Examples thereof include those described in JP-A-9-296325 and Japanese Patent No. 2759331. As an example of two types of thermoplastic polymer materials having different shrinkage rates, for example, a combination of an ethylene-propylene random copolymer (EP) and polypropylene (PP) is preferably exemplified. The lower fiber layer 22 may be composed of 100% heat-shrinkable fibers and may contain other fibers. When other fibers are included, the amount of the heat-shrinkable fibers is preferably 50% by mass or more, particularly 70 to 90% by mass with respect to the mass of the lower fiber layer 22. The non-heat-shrinkable fibers contained in the upper fiber layer 23 include fibers that do not exhibit heat-shrinkability and heat-shrinkability, but are substantially below the heat-shrinkage start temperature of the heat-shrinkable fibers contained in the lower fiber layer. Examples thereof include fibers that do not heat shrink. In addition, the upper fiber layer 23 includes a heat-fusible fiber containing a heat-sealing resin having a melting point T M higher than the heat shrinkage start temperature T S of the heat-shrinkable fiber contained in the lower fiber layer 22. preferable. The heat-sealing fiber is contained in an amount of preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more with respect to the mass of the upper fiber layer 23 based on the mass of the heat-sealing resin. Most preferably, the non-heat-shrinkable fibers constituting the upper fiber layer 23 are composed of 100% by mass of the heat-sealing fibers.
凹凸不織布10においては、下層繊維層22が熱収縮して密度が増大している一方、下層繊維層22の熱収縮により上層繊維層23が凸部25を形成し、それに伴って上層繊維層23の密度はむしろ減少する傾向にある。そのため、図4に示すように、表面シート2の平面方向において上層繊維層23の繊維密度を比較したとき、凹部26近辺の繊維密度が最も高く、凸部の頂部25tの繊維密度よりも高くなっている。凹部26近辺とは、熱融着部24又はその近傍である。
In the concavo-convex nonwoven fabric 10, the lower fiber layer 22 is thermally contracted to increase the density, while the upper fiber layer 23 forms a convex portion 25 due to the thermal contraction of the lower fiber layer 22, and accordingly, the upper fiber layer 23. The density tends to decrease rather. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4, when the fiber density of the upper fiber layer 23 is compared in the plane direction of the topsheet 2, the fiber density in the vicinity of the concave portion 26 is the highest and is higher than the fiber density of the top portion 25 t of the convex portion. ing. The vicinity of the concave portion 26 is the heat fusion portion 24 or the vicinity thereof.
図5及び図6に示す凹凸不織布10Aは、熱伸長繊維を用いて形成された凹凸不織布の一例であり、表面シートとして好ましく用いられる凹凸不織布である。
図5及び図6には、凹凸不織布10Aの肌対向面10aには、ナプキン1の縦方向X及び横方向Yそれぞれに交差する方向に延びる窪み部12が斜め格子状に形成されており、窪み部12によって凹凸不織布10Aが多数の領域に区画化されて、多数の区画領域13が形成されている。 The unevennonwoven fabric 10A shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 is an example of an uneven nonwoven fabric formed using heat-stretched fibers, and is an uneven nonwoven fabric preferably used as a surface sheet.
5 and 6, theskin facing surface 10 a of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 </ b> A has recesses 12 extending in a direction intersecting with the longitudinal direction X and the lateral direction Y of the napkin 1 in an oblique lattice shape. The uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is partitioned into a large number of regions by the portion 12, and a large number of partitioned regions 13 are formed.
図5及び図6には、凹凸不織布10Aの肌対向面10aには、ナプキン1の縦方向X及び横方向Yそれぞれに交差する方向に延びる窪み部12が斜め格子状に形成されており、窪み部12によって凹凸不織布10Aが多数の領域に区画化されて、多数の区画領域13が形成されている。 The uneven
5 and 6, the
凹凸不織布10Aは例えば単層構造又は多層構造の不織布などの繊維シートからなり、好ましくは親水化剤で処理されている。凹凸不織布10Aの肌対向面10aは、図5に示すように、斜め格子状に形成された窪み部12及び該窪み部12で囲まれた領域に形成された多数の凸部11を有する凹凸形状を有している。凹凸不織布10Aの非肌対向面10bは、凹凸形状を実質的に有しておらず、略平坦となっている。凹凸不織布10Aにおいては、窪み部12が凹部である。
The uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is made of a fiber sheet such as a nonwoven fabric having a single layer structure or a multilayer structure, and is preferably treated with a hydrophilizing agent. As shown in FIG. 5, the skin facing surface 10 a of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 </ b> A has recesses 12 formed in an oblique lattice shape and an uneven shape having a large number of protrusions 11 formed in a region surrounded by the recesses 12. have. The non-skin facing surface 10b of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A does not substantially have an uneven shape and is substantially flat. In the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A, the recess 12 is a recess.
窪み部12は、繊維シートの構成繊維が圧着又は接着されて形成されている。繊維を圧着する手段としては、熱を伴うか又は伴わない圧搾加工、超音波圧搾加工等のエンボス加工等が挙げられる。その結果、凹凸不織布10Aにおいては、窪み部12の密度が凸部11の密度よりも高くなっている。つまり、窪み部12は、凹凸不織布10Aにおいて相対的に密度の高い高密度部であり、凸部11は、凹凸不織布10Aにおいて相対的に密度の低い低密度部である。凹凸不織布10Aにおける窪み部12は、例えば、カード法によって形成した繊維ウエブに熱エンボス加工を施して形成されており、構成繊維である熱融着性繊維が熱融着により一体化している。
The hollow portion 12 is formed by pressing or bonding constituent fibers of a fiber sheet. Examples of means for crimping the fiber include embossing such as pressing with or without heat, and ultrasonic pressing. As a result, in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 </ b> A, the density of the recesses 12 is higher than the density of the protrusions 11. That is, the dent 12 is a high-density portion having a relatively high density in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A, and the protrusion 11 is a low-density portion having a relatively low density in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A. The recess 12 in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is formed, for example, by subjecting a fiber web formed by a card method to heat embossing, and the heat-fusible fibers that are constituent fibers are integrated by heat-sealing.
図5及び図6に示す凹凸不織布10Aは,窪み部12として、互いに平行に且つ所定の間隔で形成された多数本の第1線状の窪み部12aと、互いに平行に且つ所定の間隔で形成された多数本の第2線状の窪み部12bとを有しており、第1線状の窪み部12aと第2線状の窪み部12bとが所定の角度をなして互いに交差している。第1線状の窪み部12a及び第2線状の窪み部12bは、いずれも、縦方向X及び横方向Yそれぞれに交差する方向に直線状に延びている。第1線状の窪み部12aの幅と第2線状の窪み部12bの幅は同じであっても良く、あるいは異なっていても良い。第1線状の窪み部12aどうし間の間隔と第2線状の窪み部12bどうし間の間隔も、同じであっても良く、あるいは異なっていても良い。
The uneven nonwoven fabric 10A shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 is formed as a plurality of first linear depressions 12a formed in parallel to each other at a predetermined interval as depressions 12 in parallel to each other at a predetermined interval. A plurality of second linear depressions 12b, and the first linear depressions 12a and the second linear depressions 12b cross each other at a predetermined angle. . Each of the first linear depression 12a and the second linear depression 12b extends linearly in a direction intersecting with the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y, respectively. The width of the first linear depression 12a and the width of the second linear depression 12b may be the same or different. The interval between the first linear depressions 12a and the interval between the second linear depressions 12b may be the same or different.
個々の区画領域13は、それぞれ周囲を線状の窪み部12に囲まれた領域であり、好ましくは四角形状、より好ましくは正方形又は菱形形状である。個々の区画領域13の面積は、例えば0.25cm2以上2cm2以下であることが好ましい。区画領域13は、菱形形状である場合、平面視において縦方向Xよりも横方向Yに長い菱形形状とすることができ、あるいは横方向Yよりも縦方向Xに長い菱形形状とすることもできる。
Each partition region 13 is a region surrounded by a linear depression 12 and preferably has a quadrangular shape, more preferably a square or rhombus shape. Area of each divided area 13 is preferably, for example, 0.25 cm 2 or more 2 cm 2 or less. When the partition region 13 has a rhombus shape, the partition region 13 may have a rhombus shape that is longer in the horizontal direction Y than the vertical direction X in plan view, or may have a rhombus shape that is longer in the vertical direction X than the horizontal direction Y. .
各区画領域13には、該区画領域13を囲む窪み部12に対して相対的に隆起する凸部11が形成されている。凸部11は、その内部が凹凸不織布10Aの構成繊維で満たされており、中実構造を有している。区画領域13及び凸部11が、窪み部10によって包囲され、平面視において閉じた形状をしていることにより、区画領域13及び凸部11が窪み部1によって包囲されていない場合に比して、不織布や繊維ウエブの厚み方向に向かって伸張しやすくなり高低差の大きい凸部11が形成される。
Each partition region 13 is formed with a convex portion 11 that protrudes relative to the recess 12 surrounding the partition region 13. The inside of the convex part 11 is filled with the constituent fibers of the concave-convex nonwoven fabric 10A, and has a solid structure. Compared to the case where the partition region 13 and the convex portion 11 are surrounded by the hollow portion 10 and closed in plan view, the partition region 13 and the convex portion 11 are not surrounded by the hollow portion 1. It becomes easy to extend in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric or fiber web, and the convex portion 11 having a large height difference is formed.
窪み部12は平面視において線状であることが好ましい。ここで、「線状」とは、図5に示すような直線に限られず、曲線を含み、各線は、連続線でも良く、あるいは平面視において長方形、正方形、菱形、円形、十字等の多数の凹部(エンボス部、高密度部)が実質的に間隔を置かずに連なって全体として連続線を形成していても良い。「実質的に間隔を置かずに」とは、凹部の隣り合う間隔が5mm以内であることを言う。
The recess 12 is preferably linear in plan view. Here, the “linear” is not limited to a straight line as shown in FIG. 5 but includes a curved line, and each line may be a continuous line, or a large number of rectangles, squares, rhombuses, circles, crosses and the like in a plan view. Concave portions (embossed portions, high-density portions) may be connected substantially without any interval to form a continuous line as a whole. “Substantially without an interval” means that the interval between adjacent recesses is within 5 mm.
凹凸不織布10,10Aは、ナプキン1の縦方向Xに沿う凸部25又は凸部11の幅W11が、好ましくは0.5mm以上、更に好ましくは0.8mm以上であり、また、好ましくは10.0mm以下、更に好ましくは8.0mm以下であり、また、好ましくは0.5mm以上10.0mm以下、更に好ましくは0.8mm以上8.0mm以下である。
また、凹凸不織布10,10Aは、凹部26又は窪み部12の幅W12が、好ましくは0.2mm以上、更に好ましくは0.4mm以上であり、また、好ましくは3.0mm以下、更に好ましくは2.0mm以下であり、また、好ましくは0.2mm以上3.0mm以下、更に好ましくは0.4mm以上2.0mm以下である。また、凹凸不織布10,10Aは、平面視において凸部25又は凸部11間の距離L11が好ましくは0.5mm以上であり、更に好ましくは0.8mm以上であり、また、好ましくは10.0mm以下であり、更に好ましくは8.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.5mm以上10.0mm以下、更に好ましくは0.8mm以上8.0mm以下である。凹凸不織布10,10Aの凸部25,11の幅W11、凹部26又は窪み部12の幅W12、凸部25,11間の距離L11をこの範囲とすることで、使用時の液体吸収速度や吸収量が向上する一方、吸収体からの液戻りを抑えるなどの吸収性能に優れる。更に吸収性物品と使用者の肌との間の通気性の向上や適度なクッション性を実現することができる。 In the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, 10A, the width W11 of the protrusion 25 or the protrusion 11 along the longitudinal direction X of the napkin 1 is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 0.8 mm or more, and preferably 10. It is 0 mm or less, More preferably, it is 8.0 mm or less, Preferably it is 0.5 mm or more and 10.0 mm or less, More preferably, it is 0.8 mm or more and 8.0 mm or less.
Moreover, as for the uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabric 10 and 10A, the width W12 of the recessed part 26 or the hollow part 12 becomes like this. Preferably it is 0.2 mm or more, More preferably, it is 0.4 mm or more, Preferably it is 3.0 mm or less, More preferably, 2 0.0 mm or less, preferably 0.2 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.4 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. Further, in the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, 10A, the distance L11 between the convex portions 25 or the convex portions 11 in a plan view is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 0.8 mm or more, and preferably 10.0 mm. It is below, More preferably, it is 8.0 mm or less, Preferably it is 0.5 mm or more and 10.0 mm or less, More preferably, it is 0.8 mm or more and 8.0 mm or less. By setting the width W11 of the convex portions 25, 11 of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, 10A, the width W12 of the concave portion 26 or the recessed portion 12, and the distance L11 between the convex portions 25, 11 within this range, the liquid absorption speed and absorption during use While the amount is improved, it is excellent in absorption performance such as suppressing liquid return from the absorber. Furthermore, the air permeability between the absorbent article and the user's skin can be improved and an appropriate cushioning property can be realized.
また、凹凸不織布10,10Aは、凹部26又は窪み部12の幅W12が、好ましくは0.2mm以上、更に好ましくは0.4mm以上であり、また、好ましくは3.0mm以下、更に好ましくは2.0mm以下であり、また、好ましくは0.2mm以上3.0mm以下、更に好ましくは0.4mm以上2.0mm以下である。また、凹凸不織布10,10Aは、平面視において凸部25又は凸部11間の距離L11が好ましくは0.5mm以上であり、更に好ましくは0.8mm以上であり、また、好ましくは10.0mm以下であり、更に好ましくは8.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.5mm以上10.0mm以下、更に好ましくは0.8mm以上8.0mm以下である。凹凸不織布10,10Aの凸部25,11の幅W11、凹部26又は窪み部12の幅W12、凸部25,11間の距離L11をこの範囲とすることで、使用時の液体吸収速度や吸収量が向上する一方、吸収体からの液戻りを抑えるなどの吸収性能に優れる。更に吸収性物品と使用者の肌との間の通気性の向上や適度なクッション性を実現することができる。 In the
Moreover, as for the uneven | corrugated
凹凸不織布10,10Aの厚みについては、凹凸不織布10,10Aを側面視したときの、凸部25又は凸部11の厚みT11が、好ましくは、1.0mm以上、更に好ましくは、1.5mm以上であり、また、好ましくは、7.0mm以下、更に好ましくは、5.0mm以下であり、また、好ましくは、1.0mm以上7.0mm以下、更に好ましくは、1.5mm以上5.0mm以下である。また、凹凸不織布10,10Aは、凹部26又は窪み部12の厚みT12が、好ましくは0.1mm以上、更に好ましくは0.4mm以上であり、また、好ましくは3.0mm以下、更に好ましくは2.0mm以下であり、また、好ましくは0.2mm以上3.0mm以下、更に好ましくは0.4mm以上2.0mm以下である。凹凸不織布10,10Aの厚みをこの範囲とすることにより、使用時の体液吸収速度が一層速く、吸収量も向上する一方、吸収体からの液戻りを抑えるなどの吸収性能に優れる。更に、適度なクッション性を実現することができる。
Regarding the thickness of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, 10A, the thickness T11 of the protrusion 25 or the protrusion 11 when the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, 10A is viewed from the side is preferably 1.0 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 mm or more. Preferably, it is 7.0 mm or less, more preferably 5.0 mm or less, preferably 1.0 mm or more and 7.0 mm or less, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 5.0 mm or less. It is. Moreover, as for the uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabrics 10 and 10A, the thickness T12 of the recessed part 26 or the hollow part 12 becomes like this. Preferably it is 0.1 mm or more, More preferably, it is 0.4 mm or more, Preferably it is 3.0 mm or less, More preferably, 2 0.0 mm or less, preferably 0.2 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.4 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. By setting the thickness of the concavo- convex nonwoven fabric 10, 10A within this range, the body fluid absorption rate during use is further increased and the absorption amount is improved, while the absorption performance such as suppressing liquid return from the absorber is excellent. Furthermore, moderate cushioning properties can be realized.
前述した凹凸不織布10Aは、構成繊維に熱伸長繊維を含む単層又は多層の原料シートに窪み部12を形成した後、熱処理により熱伸長繊維を伸長させて得られたものである。熱伸長繊維を用いて形成された凹凸不織布としては、特開2010-150686号公報に記載のものを用いることもできる。
The above-described uneven nonwoven fabric 10A is obtained by forming the depression 12 in a single layer or multilayer raw material sheet containing heat stretchable fibers as constituent fibers and then stretching the heat stretchable fibers by heat treatment. As the uneven nonwoven fabric formed using heat-stretched fibers, those described in JP 2010-150686 A can also be used.
熱伸長性繊維を含む肌対向面側の上層と、熱伸長繊維を含まないか、上層よりも低い割合で含む非肌対向面側の下層とを有し、これらをヒートシール、超音波シール等の公知の接合方法により部分的に接合した後、その積層体に対して熱風処理を施し、上層に含まれる熱伸長性繊維を熱伸長させることによって凸部を形成したものを用いることもできる。このような構造の凹凸不織布としては、特開2010-115479号公報、特開2010-148730号公報に記載のもの等を挙げることができる。
It has an upper layer on the skin-facing surface side containing heat-extensible fibers and a lower layer on the non-skin-facing surface side that does not contain heat-extensible fibers or is contained at a lower rate than the upper layer, and these are heat-sealed, ultrasonic-sealed, etc. After partially joining by the well-known joining method, the laminate may be subjected to hot air treatment, and the thermally stretchable fiber contained in the upper layer may be thermally stretched to form a convex portion. Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric having such a structure include those described in JP 2010-115479 A and JP 2010-148730 A.
特開2010-115479号公報に記載のものは、肌対向面側に上層、非肌対向面側に下層を有する2層構成の表面シートであり、前記上層は、熱伸長性繊維を用いて形成され、該熱伸長性繊維どうしの交点が接合された繊維接合部を有し、前記下層は、熱伸長性繊維を含まないか又は熱伸長性繊維を上層より低い割合で含み、前記上層の肌対向面側が凹凸形状をなしている。さらに、前記上層と前記下層との界面は、互いに接合された固着部と、該上層と該下層とが剥離可能に積層された非固着部とを有していることが大きな空隙形成による液通過性を高める効果を有する点から好ましい。
The one described in JP 2010-115479 A is a two-layered surface sheet having an upper layer on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer on the non-skin facing surface side, and the upper layer is formed using heat-extensible fibers. And the lower layer includes no heat-extensible fibers or contains heat-extensible fibers in a lower proportion than the upper layer, and the upper layer skin. The opposing surface side has an uneven shape. Further, the interface between the upper layer and the lower layer has a fixed portion joined to each other and a non-fixed portion in which the upper layer and the lower layer are detachably laminated so that the liquid passes due to the formation of a large gap. It is preferable from the point of having an effect of improving the properties.
また、表面シート10内の液が残りにくくする観点から、凹凸不織布10は、繊維の伸長後における前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径と前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が略同一であるか、又は前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径よりも前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が大きいことが好ましい。凹凸不織布10の構成繊維、特に上層に含まれる熱伸長繊維の平均繊維径は、10μm以上30μm以下であることが好ましい。さらに、前記上層の繊維間距離が、前記下層の繊維間距離よりも大きいことが好ましい。繊維の平均径が略同一であるとは、下記方法により測定した平均繊維径を比較したときに、上層を構成する繊維の平均径と、下層を構成する繊維の平均径との比(前者/後者)が、0.9~1.1であることをいう。
Moreover, from the viewpoint of making it difficult for the liquid in the surface sheet 10 to remain, whether the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 has substantially the same average diameter of the fibers constituting the upper layer and the average diameter of the fibers constituting the lower layer after fiber elongation. Or it is preferable that the average diameter of the fiber which comprises the said lower layer is larger than the average diameter of the fiber which comprises the said upper layer. The average fiber diameter of the constituent fibers of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10, particularly the heat-stretched fibers contained in the upper layer, is preferably 10 μm or more and 30 μm or less. Furthermore, it is preferable that the distance between the fibers in the upper layer is larger than the distance between the fibers in the lower layer. When the average fiber diameter measured by the following method is compared, the average diameter of the fibers is substantially the same as the ratio of the average diameter of the fibers constituting the upper layer to the average diameter of the fibers constituting the lower layer (the former / The latter) is 0.9 to 1.1.
<構成繊維の平均径の測定方法>
構成繊維の平均径は、繊維の断面形状により異なる2通りの方法のいずれかにより計測した。計測には、日本電子株式会社製「キャリースコープJCM-5100」を使用した。
まず、構成繊維の断面輪郭形状を500~1000倍の倍率にて確認した。この際、繊維の断面輪郭だけでなく、芯鞘構造繊維/単繊維、芯成分/鞘成分面積比率、繊維の(太さ・形状等により区別される)種類を把握する。(断面は異なる5~10ヶ所を測定する)
第1の方法は、断面が円形の繊維のみで形成されている場合の計測方法であり、上層及び下層各々5ヶ所の200~500倍の平面拡大画像より、繊維融着部を除く任意の20本の繊維の太さを計測し平均して「構成繊維の平均径」を得る。
第2の方法は、繊維の断面が円形ではない繊維が含まれている場合の計測方法であり、繊維の断面輪郭形状を計測するための500~1000倍の倍率の拡大画像を使用し、繊維を略90度で切断した一本の繊維の断面の面積を画像解析装置等の面積を算出できる手段により算出し、その面積を円に見立てて直径を繊維の径とする。このような一本の繊維の断面の観察結果が50本となるまで、電子顕微鏡による画像観察をおこない、50本の平均値を「構成繊維の平均径」とする。
繊維の断面の面積を計測する画像解析装置としては、例えばNEXUS社製の画像解析ソフトNEW QUBE(ver.4.20)を使用できる。 <Measuring method of average diameter of constituent fibers>
The average diameter of the constituent fibers was measured by one of two methods that differ depending on the cross-sectional shape of the fibers. For the measurement, “Carry Scope JCM-5100” manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used.
First, the cross-sectional contour shape of the constituent fibers was confirmed at a magnification of 500 to 1000 times. At this time, not only the cross-sectional contour of the fiber, but also the core-sheath structure fiber / single fiber, the core component / sheath component area ratio, and the type of fiber (differentiated by thickness, shape, etc.) are grasped. (Measure 5 to 10 different cross sections)
The first method is a measurement method in the case where the cross section is formed only with a fiber having a circular cross section, and an arbitrary 20 excluding the fiber fusion part from a 200-500 times plane enlarged image of each of the five upper and lower layers. The thickness of the fibers of the book is measured and averaged to obtain the “average diameter of the constituent fibers”.
The second method is a measurement method in the case where a fiber having a non-circular cross section is included, and an enlarged image with a magnification of 500 to 1000 times for measuring the cross-sectional contour shape of the fiber is used. The cross-sectional area of one fiber cut at approximately 90 degrees is calculated by a means capable of calculating the area such as an image analyzer, and the area is regarded as a circle and the diameter is set as the fiber diameter. Image observation with an electron microscope is performed until the cross-sectional observation result of such a single fiber reaches 50, and the average value of the 50 is defined as “average diameter of constituent fibers”.
As an image analysis apparatus for measuring the area of the cross section of the fiber, for example, image analysis software NEW QUABE (ver. 4.20) manufactured by NEXTUS can be used.
構成繊維の平均径は、繊維の断面形状により異なる2通りの方法のいずれかにより計測した。計測には、日本電子株式会社製「キャリースコープJCM-5100」を使用した。
まず、構成繊維の断面輪郭形状を500~1000倍の倍率にて確認した。この際、繊維の断面輪郭だけでなく、芯鞘構造繊維/単繊維、芯成分/鞘成分面積比率、繊維の(太さ・形状等により区別される)種類を把握する。(断面は異なる5~10ヶ所を測定する)
第1の方法は、断面が円形の繊維のみで形成されている場合の計測方法であり、上層及び下層各々5ヶ所の200~500倍の平面拡大画像より、繊維融着部を除く任意の20本の繊維の太さを計測し平均して「構成繊維の平均径」を得る。
第2の方法は、繊維の断面が円形ではない繊維が含まれている場合の計測方法であり、繊維の断面輪郭形状を計測するための500~1000倍の倍率の拡大画像を使用し、繊維を略90度で切断した一本の繊維の断面の面積を画像解析装置等の面積を算出できる手段により算出し、その面積を円に見立てて直径を繊維の径とする。このような一本の繊維の断面の観察結果が50本となるまで、電子顕微鏡による画像観察をおこない、50本の平均値を「構成繊維の平均径」とする。
繊維の断面の面積を計測する画像解析装置としては、例えばNEXUS社製の画像解析ソフトNEW QUBE(ver.4.20)を使用できる。 <Measuring method of average diameter of constituent fibers>
The average diameter of the constituent fibers was measured by one of two methods that differ depending on the cross-sectional shape of the fibers. For the measurement, “Carry Scope JCM-5100” manufactured by JEOL Ltd. was used.
First, the cross-sectional contour shape of the constituent fibers was confirmed at a magnification of 500 to 1000 times. At this time, not only the cross-sectional contour of the fiber, but also the core-sheath structure fiber / single fiber, the core component / sheath component area ratio, and the type of fiber (differentiated by thickness, shape, etc.) are grasped. (
The first method is a measurement method in the case where the cross section is formed only with a fiber having a circular cross section, and an arbitrary 20 excluding the fiber fusion part from a 200-500 times plane enlarged image of each of the five upper and lower layers. The thickness of the fibers of the book is measured and averaged to obtain the “average diameter of the constituent fibers”.
The second method is a measurement method in the case where a fiber having a non-circular cross section is included, and an enlarged image with a magnification of 500 to 1000 times for measuring the cross-sectional contour shape of the fiber is used. The cross-sectional area of one fiber cut at approximately 90 degrees is calculated by a means capable of calculating the area such as an image analyzer, and the area is regarded as a circle and the diameter is set as the fiber diameter. Image observation with an electron microscope is performed until the cross-sectional observation result of such a single fiber reaches 50, and the average value of the 50 is defined as “average diameter of constituent fibers”.
As an image analysis apparatus for measuring the area of the cross section of the fiber, for example, image analysis software NEW QUABE (ver. 4.20) manufactured by NEXTUS can be used.
繊維間距離(繊維と繊維との隙間)は、下記方法で測定した繊維間距離を比較したときに、前記上層の繊維間距離と、前記下層の繊維間距離との差(前者-後者)が、0μm以上であることが液の移動の観点から好ましく、0μm以上50μm以下であることが表面シートの強度と肌触りの観点より好ましい。
<繊維間距離の測定方法>
下記Wrotnowskiの式により求めた。
ここで、繊維の充填密度及び繊度(デニール)は以下のように計測する。
繊維の充填密度の計測は、以下の手順でおこなう。
表面シートの表面側の平面画像より線状エンボスの面積率を算出する。算出に当たっては線状エンボスが20ヶ所程度を一度に計測することが好ましい。次いで、縦方向及び横方向の長さと、重量を計測した矩形状の表面シートの重量を計測する。表面シートの重量と、縦方向と横方向の長さより坪量(g/m2)を算出する。算出に当たっては、線状エンボスの面積の因子を補正する。縦方向及び横方向の長さを乗じて得られる表面シートの面積から線状エンボスの面積を算出し、表面シートの重量における線状エンボス部分を算出して、上層の坪量算出時には表面シートの面積から線状エンボス部分を差し引いた面積を使用し、面積を使用する。)次いで、表面シートの断面積を計測する。計測には、電子顕微鏡を使用することが好ましいが、キーエンス製デジタルハイスコープVH8000のような光学式の装置を使用してもかまわない。拡大画像は線状エンボス部分から凸部の頂部が含まれたものであり、凸部が異なる高さを有する場合は、各々の断面画像について観察する。充填密度の算出には坪量(g/m2)を高さ(m)で除することで得られるが、本発明のように線状エンボス部分から凸部まで実質的な坪量が同じで高さが変化する場合には、表面シートの断面面積から平均高さを算出し、この平均高さを算出時の「高さ」として「繊維の充填密度」を得る。断面面積は、線状エンボス部分を除く部分について、画像解析装置により計測し、断面面積から線状エンボス部分を除く線状エンボス部分間の長さを除することで得る。
繊度(デニール)は、表面シートの繊維がそれぞれ1種類の繊維からなっている場合には、DSCにより繊維に使用されている樹脂を特定し、比重(実質的に密度)と繊維の断面積より繊維の長さが9000mのときの重量がデニールとなる。芯鞘構造のような複合繊維では、鞘成分が融着成分であるので、同様にDSCを使用して樹脂の特定をおこない、拡大観察時の断面から平均比重を算出して求める。複数の繊維が用いられている場合には、平均径計測における方法2より繊維の配合比率より平均比重を算出する。(本発明では、高密度ポリエチレンの比重を0.94、ポリプロピレン0.96、ポリエステル1.36としている) The inter-fiber distance (gap between fibers) is the difference between the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer and the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer (the former-the latter) when the inter-fiber distance measured by the following method is compared. The thickness is preferably 0 μm or more from the viewpoint of liquid movement, and is preferably 0 μm or more and 50 μm or less from the viewpoint of the strength and feel of the topsheet.
<Measurement method of distance between fibers>
The following Wrotnowski equation was used.
Here, the packing density and fineness (denier) of the fiber are measured as follows.
The fiber packing density is measured by the following procedure.
The area ratio of the linear embossing is calculated from the planar image on the surface side of the surface sheet. In calculation, it is preferable to measure about 20 linear embossments at a time. Next, the length of the vertical direction and the horizontal direction and the weight of the rectangular surface sheet whose weight is measured are measured. The basis weight (g / m 2 ) is calculated from the weight of the topsheet and the lengths in the vertical and horizontal directions. In the calculation, the area factor of the linear emboss is corrected. Calculate the area of the linear emboss from the area of the surface sheet obtained by multiplying the length in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction, calculate the linear embossed part in the weight of the surface sheet, and when calculating the basis weight of the upper layer, Use the area obtained by subtracting the linear embossed portion from the area, and use the area. Next, the cross-sectional area of the top sheet is measured. An electron microscope is preferably used for measurement, but an optical device such as Keyence's digital high scope VH8000 may be used. The enlarged image includes the tops of the convex portions from the linear embossed portions. When the convex portions have different heights, each cross-sectional image is observed. The packing density can be calculated by dividing the basis weight (g / m 2 ) by the height (m), but the substantial basis weight is the same from the linear embossed portion to the convex portion as in the present invention. When the height changes, the average height is calculated from the cross-sectional area of the surface sheet, and “average fiber height” is obtained as the “height” at the time of calculation. The cross-sectional area is obtained by measuring the portion excluding the linear embossed portion with an image analysis apparatus and dividing the length between the linear embossed portions excluding the linear embossed portion from the cross-sectional area.
The fineness (denier) is determined from the specific gravity (substantially density) and the cross-sectional area of the fiber when the fibers of the topsheet are each made of one type of fiber and the resin used for the fiber is determined by DSC. The weight when the length of the fiber is 9000 m is denier. In a composite fiber such as a core-sheath structure, since the sheath component is a fusion component, the resin is similarly specified using DSC, and the average specific gravity is calculated from the cross-section during magnified observation. When a plurality of fibers are used, the average specific gravity is calculated from the blending ratio of the fibers byMethod 2 in measuring the average diameter. (In the present invention, the specific gravity of the high density polyethylene is 0.94, polypropylene 0.96, polyester 1.36)
<繊維間距離の測定方法>
下記Wrotnowskiの式により求めた。
繊維の充填密度の計測は、以下の手順でおこなう。
表面シートの表面側の平面画像より線状エンボスの面積率を算出する。算出に当たっては線状エンボスが20ヶ所程度を一度に計測することが好ましい。次いで、縦方向及び横方向の長さと、重量を計測した矩形状の表面シートの重量を計測する。表面シートの重量と、縦方向と横方向の長さより坪量(g/m2)を算出する。算出に当たっては、線状エンボスの面積の因子を補正する。縦方向及び横方向の長さを乗じて得られる表面シートの面積から線状エンボスの面積を算出し、表面シートの重量における線状エンボス部分を算出して、上層の坪量算出時には表面シートの面積から線状エンボス部分を差し引いた面積を使用し、面積を使用する。)次いで、表面シートの断面積を計測する。計測には、電子顕微鏡を使用することが好ましいが、キーエンス製デジタルハイスコープVH8000のような光学式の装置を使用してもかまわない。拡大画像は線状エンボス部分から凸部の頂部が含まれたものであり、凸部が異なる高さを有する場合は、各々の断面画像について観察する。充填密度の算出には坪量(g/m2)を高さ(m)で除することで得られるが、本発明のように線状エンボス部分から凸部まで実質的な坪量が同じで高さが変化する場合には、表面シートの断面面積から平均高さを算出し、この平均高さを算出時の「高さ」として「繊維の充填密度」を得る。断面面積は、線状エンボス部分を除く部分について、画像解析装置により計測し、断面面積から線状エンボス部分を除く線状エンボス部分間の長さを除することで得る。
繊度(デニール)は、表面シートの繊維がそれぞれ1種類の繊維からなっている場合には、DSCにより繊維に使用されている樹脂を特定し、比重(実質的に密度)と繊維の断面積より繊維の長さが9000mのときの重量がデニールとなる。芯鞘構造のような複合繊維では、鞘成分が融着成分であるので、同様にDSCを使用して樹脂の特定をおこない、拡大観察時の断面から平均比重を算出して求める。複数の繊維が用いられている場合には、平均径計測における方法2より繊維の配合比率より平均比重を算出する。(本発明では、高密度ポリエチレンの比重を0.94、ポリプロピレン0.96、ポリエステル1.36としている) The inter-fiber distance (gap between fibers) is the difference between the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer and the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer (the former-the latter) when the inter-fiber distance measured by the following method is compared. The thickness is preferably 0 μm or more from the viewpoint of liquid movement, and is preferably 0 μm or more and 50 μm or less from the viewpoint of the strength and feel of the topsheet.
<Measurement method of distance between fibers>
The following Wrotnowski equation was used.
The fiber packing density is measured by the following procedure.
The area ratio of the linear embossing is calculated from the planar image on the surface side of the surface sheet. In calculation, it is preferable to measure about 20 linear embossments at a time. Next, the length of the vertical direction and the horizontal direction and the weight of the rectangular surface sheet whose weight is measured are measured. The basis weight (g / m 2 ) is calculated from the weight of the topsheet and the lengths in the vertical and horizontal directions. In the calculation, the area factor of the linear emboss is corrected. Calculate the area of the linear emboss from the area of the surface sheet obtained by multiplying the length in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction, calculate the linear embossed part in the weight of the surface sheet, and when calculating the basis weight of the upper layer, Use the area obtained by subtracting the linear embossed portion from the area, and use the area. Next, the cross-sectional area of the top sheet is measured. An electron microscope is preferably used for measurement, but an optical device such as Keyence's digital high scope VH8000 may be used. The enlarged image includes the tops of the convex portions from the linear embossed portions. When the convex portions have different heights, each cross-sectional image is observed. The packing density can be calculated by dividing the basis weight (g / m 2 ) by the height (m), but the substantial basis weight is the same from the linear embossed portion to the convex portion as in the present invention. When the height changes, the average height is calculated from the cross-sectional area of the surface sheet, and “average fiber height” is obtained as the “height” at the time of calculation. The cross-sectional area is obtained by measuring the portion excluding the linear embossed portion with an image analysis apparatus and dividing the length between the linear embossed portions excluding the linear embossed portion from the cross-sectional area.
The fineness (denier) is determined from the specific gravity (substantially density) and the cross-sectional area of the fiber when the fibers of the topsheet are each made of one type of fiber and the resin used for the fiber is determined by DSC. The weight when the length of the fiber is 9000 m is denier. In a composite fiber such as a core-sheath structure, since the sheath component is a fusion component, the resin is similarly specified using DSC, and the average specific gravity is calculated from the cross-section during magnified observation. When a plurality of fibers are used, the average specific gravity is calculated from the blending ratio of the fibers by
ナプキン1は、肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなる表面シートとして、以下(2)~(4)に記載の凹凸不織布からなる表面シートを用いることもできる。
The napkin 1 may be a surface sheet made of an uneven nonwoven fabric as described in (2) to (4) below as a surface sheet made of an uneven nonwoven fabric having unevenness on the skin facing surface side.
(2)吸収性物品の縦方向Xに延びる複数の畝部と吸収性物品の横方向Yにおいて隣り合う前記畝部間に存する溝部とを有する畝溝構造を有している凹凸不織布。
(3)肌対向面側に凹凸を有し、非肌対向面側にも凹凸を有している凹凸不織布。好ましくは、肌対向面側の凸部の裏側が非肌対向面側の凹部、肌対向面側の凹部の裏側が非肌対向面側の凸部となっている凹凸不織布。
(4)第1不織布と第2不織布とが部分的に融着等により接合されて接合部が形成されており、第1不織布が、該接合部に囲まれた非接合部において第2不織布から離れる方向に突出して、内部が中空の凸部を多数形成している凹凸不織布。 (2) An uneven nonwoven fabric having a ridge groove structure having a plurality of ridge portions extending in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent article and a groove portion existing between the ridge portions adjacent in the transverse direction Y of the absorbent article.
(3) An uneven nonwoven fabric having irregularities on the skin facing surface side and also having irregularities on the non-skin facing surface side. Preferably, the uneven nonwoven fabric in which the back side of the convex portion on the skin facing surface side is a concave portion on the non-skin facing surface side, and the back side of the concave portion on the skin facing surface side is a convex portion on the non-skin facing surface side.
(4) The first nonwoven fabric and the second nonwoven fabric are partially joined by fusion or the like to form a joined portion, and the first nonwoven fabric is separated from the second nonwoven fabric in the non-joined portion surrounded by the joined portion. An uneven nonwoven fabric projecting in the direction of leaving and forming a number of hollow convex portions.
(3)肌対向面側に凹凸を有し、非肌対向面側にも凹凸を有している凹凸不織布。好ましくは、肌対向面側の凸部の裏側が非肌対向面側の凹部、肌対向面側の凹部の裏側が非肌対向面側の凸部となっている凹凸不織布。
(4)第1不織布と第2不織布とが部分的に融着等により接合されて接合部が形成されており、第1不織布が、該接合部に囲まれた非接合部において第2不織布から離れる方向に突出して、内部が中空の凸部を多数形成している凹凸不織布。 (2) An uneven nonwoven fabric having a ridge groove structure having a plurality of ridge portions extending in the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent article and a groove portion existing between the ridge portions adjacent in the transverse direction Y of the absorbent article.
(3) An uneven nonwoven fabric having irregularities on the skin facing surface side and also having irregularities on the non-skin facing surface side. Preferably, the uneven nonwoven fabric in which the back side of the convex portion on the skin facing surface side is a concave portion on the non-skin facing surface side, and the back side of the concave portion on the skin facing surface side is a convex portion on the non-skin facing surface side.
(4) The first nonwoven fabric and the second nonwoven fabric are partially joined by fusion or the like to form a joined portion, and the first nonwoven fabric is separated from the second nonwoven fabric in the non-joined portion surrounded by the joined portion. An uneven nonwoven fabric projecting in the direction of leaving and forming a number of hollow convex portions.
前記(2)の凹凸不織布としては、特開2009-215667号公報に記載の凹凸不織布のように、内部が中実な畝部を有するものが挙げられるが、前記(2)の凹凸不織布は、これらに制限されるものではない。特開平10-80445号公報、特開平8-302555号公報等に記載の凹凸不織布のように、縦方向に延びる畝部に直交する断面形状が、肌対向面側の面及び非肌対向面側の面のいずれについても連続波形形状を有するもの等が挙げられる。
Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric of (2) include those having a solid heel portion as in the uneven nonwoven fabric described in JP-A-2009-215667, However, it is not limited to these. As in the case of the uneven nonwoven fabric described in JP-A-10-80445, JP-A-8-302555, etc., the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the ridge extending in the longitudinal direction is the surface facing the skin and the surface facing the non-skin Any of these surfaces may have a continuous waveform shape.
〔畝部及び溝部の厚みの測定方法〕
畝部及び溝部の厚みや高低差は、マイクロスコープVH-8000(キーエンス社製)を用い、凹凸不織布10の断面を50~200倍に拡大観察して測定する。断面はフェザー剃刀(品番FAS-10、フェザー安全剃刀(株)社製)を用い、凹凸不織布10の断面を切断して得ることができる。 [Method for measuring thickness of flange and groove]
The thickness and height difference of the ridge and the groove are measured by using a microscope VH-8000 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation) and magnifying and observing the cross section of theuneven nonwoven fabric 10 50 to 200 times. The cross section can be obtained by cutting the cross section of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 using a feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.).
畝部及び溝部の厚みや高低差は、マイクロスコープVH-8000(キーエンス社製)を用い、凹凸不織布10の断面を50~200倍に拡大観察して測定する。断面はフェザー剃刀(品番FAS-10、フェザー安全剃刀(株)社製)を用い、凹凸不織布10の断面を切断して得ることができる。 [Method for measuring thickness of flange and groove]
The thickness and height difference of the ridge and the groove are measured by using a microscope VH-8000 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation) and magnifying and observing the cross section of the
前記(3)の凹凸不織布としては、縦方向に延びる畝部に直交する断面形状が、肌対向面側の面及び非肌対向面側の面のいずれについても連続波形形状を有する凹凸不織布等が挙げられる。しかしながら、前記(3)の凹凸不織布は、これらに制限されるものではない。
As the uneven nonwoven fabric of (3), an uneven nonwoven fabric in which the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the ridge extending in the longitudinal direction has a continuous corrugated shape on both the skin facing surface side surface and the non-skin facing surface side surface. Can be mentioned. However, the uneven nonwoven fabric (3) is not limited to these.
前記(4)の凹凸不織布としては、特開2004-174234号公報、特開2015-142721号公報、特開2015-112116号公報に記載の立体シート等が挙げられる。しかしながら、前記(4)の凹凸不織布は、これらに制限されるものではない。
Examples of the uneven nonwoven fabric (4) include three-dimensional sheets described in JP-A Nos. 2004-174234, 2015-142721, and 2015-112116. However, the uneven nonwoven fabric (4) is not limited to these.
ナプキン1における吸収体4は、図2に示すように、パルプ繊維を含む吸収性コア41と該吸収性コア41を被覆するコアラップシート42とを有している。図2に示すコアラップシート42は、吸収性コア41の肌対向面側を被覆する上側部分42aと、吸収性コア41の非肌対向面側に巻き下げられて、該吸収性コア41の非肌対向面側を被覆する下側部分42bとを有している。また、コアラップシート42は、下側部分42bにシートどうしの重なり部42cを有している。吸収性コア41を被覆するコアラップシートは、一枚のシートで吸収性コア41の全体を包んでいても良いし、2枚以上のシートで吸収性コア41の全体を包んでいても良い。例えば、吸収性コア41の肌対向面側と非肌対向面側とが別々のシートで被覆されていても良い。吸収性コア41の被覆に使用されているシートの枚数に拘わらずに、吸収性コア41の肌対向面側を被覆しているコアラップシートを肌側コアラップシート42a、吸収性コア41の非肌対向面側を被覆する部分を非肌側コアラップシート42bともいう。
As shown in FIG. 2, the absorbent body 4 in the napkin 1 has an absorbent core 41 containing pulp fibers and a core wrap sheet 42 that covers the absorbent core 41. The core wrap sheet 42 shown in FIG. 2 is wound down to the upper part 42a that covers the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 and the non-skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41, and And a lower portion 42b that covers the skin facing surface side. Moreover, the core wrap sheet | seat 42 has the overlap part 42c of a sheet | seat in the lower part 42b. The core wrap sheet covering the absorbent core 41 may wrap the entire absorbent core 41 with a single sheet, or may wrap the entire absorbent core 41 with two or more sheets. For example, the skin facing surface side and the non-skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 may be covered with separate sheets. Regardless of the number of sheets used for covering the absorbent core 41, the core wrap sheet covering the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 is defined as the skin side core wrap sheet 42a and the non-absorbing core 41 non-covered. A portion covering the skin facing surface side is also referred to as a non-skin side core wrap sheet 42b.
ナプキン1においては、図2に示すように、コアラップシート42における、吸収性コア41の肌対向面側を被覆する上側部分(肌側コアラップシート)42aの全域が、血球凝集剤を含む凝集剤配置部9となっている。肌側コアラップシート42aは、ナプキン1の厚み方向において、表面シート2よりも裏面シート3に近い位置に配されている下方部材の一つである。ナプキン1は、下方部材として、肌側コアラップシート42a、吸収性コア41及び非肌側コアラップシート42bを有している。血球凝集剤を含む凝集剤配置部9は、吸収性物品の厚み方向において表面シート2に隣接する下方部材である肌側コアラップシート42aに少なくとも形成されていることが好ましい。血球凝集剤を含む凝集剤配置部9は、肌側コアラップシート42aのみに形成されていても良いが、肌側コアラップシート42a及び吸収性コア41に形成されていても良く、更に肌側コアラップシート42a、吸収性コア41及び非肌側コアラップシート42bに亘るように形成されていても良い。また、血球凝集剤を含有させる下方部材は、肌側コアラップシート以外の部材、例えば吸収性コア又は非肌側コアラップシートであっても良く、また、血球凝集剤を2つ以上の下方部材に含有させても良い。例えば、肌側コアラップシート、吸収性コア及び非肌側コアラップシートのうちの任意の2つ以上に亘るように血球凝集剤を配することができ、また、肌側コアラップシート、吸収性コア及び非肌側コアラップシートの全部に亘るように血球凝集剤を配することもできる。また、血球凝集剤を含む凝集剤配置部9は、吸収体4の構成や、表面シート2と吸収体4の間にセカンドシートがあるか否かによらず、表面シート2の非肌対向面に隣接する部材から裏面シート3の肌対向面に隣接する部材に至る全ての下方部材に亘っていても良い。
In the napkin 1, as shown in FIG. 2, the entire region of the upper portion (skin-side core wrap sheet) 42a covering the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core 41 in the core wrap sheet 42 is agglomerated containing a hemagglutinating agent. The agent placement unit 9 is provided. The skin-side core wrap sheet 42 a is one of the lower members disposed in a position closer to the back sheet 3 than the top sheet 2 in the thickness direction of the napkin 1. The napkin 1 has a skin-side core wrap sheet 42a, an absorbent core 41, and a non-skin-side core wrap sheet 42b as lower members. It is preferable that the flocculant arrangement part 9 containing a hemagglutinating agent is formed at least on the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a which is a lower member adjacent to the top sheet 2 in the thickness direction of the absorbent article. The flocculant disposition part 9 containing the hemagglutinating agent may be formed only on the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a, but may be formed on the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a and the absorbent core 41, and further on the skin side. You may form so that the core wrap sheet | seat 42a, the absorptive core 41, and the non-skin side core wrap sheet | seat 42b may be covered. Further, the lower member containing the hemagglutinating agent may be a member other than the skin-side core wrap sheet, for example, an absorbent core or a non-skin-side core wrap sheet, and the hemagglutinating agent may be two or more lower members. You may make it contain. For example, the hemagglutinating agent can be disposed so as to cover any two or more of the skin-side core wrap sheet, the absorbent core, and the non-skin-side core wrap sheet. A hemagglutinating agent can also be arranged so as to cover the entire core and non-skin side core wrap sheet. Moreover, the flocculant arrangement | positioning part 9 containing a hemagglutinating agent is the non-skin opposing surface of the surface sheet 2 irrespective of the structure of the absorber 4, and whether there is a second sheet between the surface sheet 2 and the absorber 4. May extend over all the lower members from the member adjacent to the member adjacent to the skin facing surface of the back sheet 3.
コアラップシートは、単独では保形性が不十分な吸収性コアの保形性を高めたり、吸収性コアの構成材料の漏れだしを防止する目的で使用されるものであり、薄紙や不織布等の繊維シートが使用されている。
本実施形態のナプキン1のコアラップシート42の基材シートを構成するセルロース系繊維としては、木材パルプ繊維、レーヨン繊維、コットン繊維、酢酸セルロース繊維等が挙げられる。セルロース系繊維の原料パルプとしては、針葉樹クラフトパルプ或いは広葉樹クラフトパルプのような木材パルプ、木綿パルプ或いはワラパルプ等の非木材パルプが挙げられる。これらのセルロース系繊維は1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。また強度向上の観点から、非セルロース系繊維を少量混合することもできる。非セルロース系繊維としては、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系繊維、ポリエステル、ポリアミド等の縮合系繊維等が挙げられる。薄紙の構成繊維中、セルロース系繊維の割合は、好ましくは70質量%以上100質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以上100質量%以下、更に好ましくは100質量%である。
コアラップシートとして用いる不織布は、各種製法による不織布を特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、スパンボンド不織布、メルトブロー不織布、高速水流処理により繊維ウエブの構成繊維同士を交絡させて得られる不織布であるスパンレース不織布、熱風処理により繊維ウエブの構成繊維同士を熱融着させて得られる不織布であるエアスルー不織布、接着剤で繊維ウエブの構成繊維同士を接着させて得られる不織布であるレジンボンド不織布等が挙げられる。スパンレース不織布やエアスルー不織布、レジンボンド不織布の繊維ウエブは、カード機や空気中で繊維を積繊してなるエアレイド法等によって製造することができる。 The core wrap sheet is used for the purpose of improving the shape retention of the absorbent core, which is insufficient in shape retention by itself, or preventing the leakage of the constituent material of the absorbent core. The fiber sheet is used.
Examples of the cellulose fiber constituting the base sheet of thecore wrap sheet 42 of the napkin 1 of the present embodiment include wood pulp fiber, rayon fiber, cotton fiber, and cellulose acetate fiber. Examples of cellulosic fiber pulp include wood pulp such as softwood kraft pulp or hardwood kraft pulp, and non-wood pulp such as cotton pulp or straw pulp. These cellulosic fibers can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the strength, a small amount of non-cellulosic fibers can be mixed. Examples of non-cellulosic fibers include polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and condensation fibers such as polyester and polyamide. The proportion of the cellulosic fibers in the constituent fibers of the thin paper is preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass, and still more preferably 100% by mass.
The nonwoven fabric used as the core wrap sheet can be a nonwoven fabric produced by various production methods without any particular limitation. For example, a spunbond nonwoven fabric, a melt blown nonwoven fabric, a span that is a nonwoven fabric obtained by entanglement of constituent fibers of a fiber web by high-speed water flow treatment. Examples include lace nonwoven fabrics, air-through nonwoven fabrics that are nonwoven fabrics obtained by thermally fusing constituent fibers of fiber webs by hot air treatment, resin-bonded nonwoven fabrics that are nonwoven fabrics obtained by bonding constituent fibers of fiber webs with an adhesive, and the like. It is done. The fiber web of spunlace nonwoven fabric, air-through nonwoven fabric, and resin bond nonwoven fabric can be manufactured by a card machine or an airlaid method in which fibers are stacked in air.
本実施形態のナプキン1のコアラップシート42の基材シートを構成するセルロース系繊維としては、木材パルプ繊維、レーヨン繊維、コットン繊維、酢酸セルロース繊維等が挙げられる。セルロース系繊維の原料パルプとしては、針葉樹クラフトパルプ或いは広葉樹クラフトパルプのような木材パルプ、木綿パルプ或いはワラパルプ等の非木材パルプが挙げられる。これらのセルロース系繊維は1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。また強度向上の観点から、非セルロース系繊維を少量混合することもできる。非セルロース系繊維としては、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系繊維、ポリエステル、ポリアミド等の縮合系繊維等が挙げられる。薄紙の構成繊維中、セルロース系繊維の割合は、好ましくは70質量%以上100質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以上100質量%以下、更に好ましくは100質量%である。
コアラップシートとして用いる不織布は、各種製法による不織布を特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、スパンボンド不織布、メルトブロー不織布、高速水流処理により繊維ウエブの構成繊維同士を交絡させて得られる不織布であるスパンレース不織布、熱風処理により繊維ウエブの構成繊維同士を熱融着させて得られる不織布であるエアスルー不織布、接着剤で繊維ウエブの構成繊維同士を接着させて得られる不織布であるレジンボンド不織布等が挙げられる。スパンレース不織布やエアスルー不織布、レジンボンド不織布の繊維ウエブは、カード機や空気中で繊維を積繊してなるエアレイド法等によって製造することができる。 The core wrap sheet is used for the purpose of improving the shape retention of the absorbent core, which is insufficient in shape retention by itself, or preventing the leakage of the constituent material of the absorbent core. The fiber sheet is used.
Examples of the cellulose fiber constituting the base sheet of the
The nonwoven fabric used as the core wrap sheet can be a nonwoven fabric produced by various production methods without any particular limitation. For example, a spunbond nonwoven fabric, a melt blown nonwoven fabric, a span that is a nonwoven fabric obtained by entanglement of constituent fibers of a fiber web by high-speed water flow treatment. Examples include lace nonwoven fabrics, air-through nonwoven fabrics that are nonwoven fabrics obtained by thermally fusing constituent fibers of fiber webs by hot air treatment, resin-bonded nonwoven fabrics that are nonwoven fabrics obtained by bonding constituent fibers of fiber webs with an adhesive, and the like. It is done. The fiber web of spunlace nonwoven fabric, air-through nonwoven fabric, and resin bond nonwoven fabric can be manufactured by a card machine or an airlaid method in which fibers are stacked in air.
不織布の原料繊維は、木材パルプ繊維、レーヨン繊維、コットン繊維、酢酸セルロース等のセルロース系の親水性繊維や、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル、ナイロン等のポリアミド等の合成樹脂からなる合成繊維が挙げられる。合成繊維は、芯鞘型やサイドバイサイド型の複合繊維を用いることもできる。これらの中でも、薄紙を用いるのと同様の理由から、不織布製法を採った場合も原料繊維がセルロース系繊維であるものが好ましい。不織布の構成繊維中、セルロース系繊維の割合は、好ましくは70質量%以上100質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以上100質量%以下、更に好ましくは100質量%である。不織布の原料繊維は1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
Non-woven fabric fibers are made from cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as wood pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers and cellulose acetate, polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, and synthetic resins such as polyamides such as nylon. The synthetic fiber which becomes is mentioned. As the synthetic fiber, a core-sheath type or side-by-side type composite fiber may be used. Among these, for the same reason as using thin paper, it is preferable that the raw fiber is a cellulosic fiber even when the nonwoven fabric manufacturing method is adopted. The proportion of the cellulosic fibers in the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass, and still more preferably 100% by mass. The raw material fiber of a nonwoven fabric can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
本実施形態のナプキン1の吸収性コア41は、パルプ繊維と高吸収性ポリマーとの混合積繊体からなる。混合積繊体は、周面に集積用凹部を有する積繊ドラムを備えた公知のドラム式積繊装置により製造されたものであり、集積用凹部の底面から吸引しつつ、積繊ドラムの周面に、吸収性コアの形成材料としてのパルプ繊維及び高吸収性ポリマーを飛散状態にて供給し、吸収性コアの形成材料を集積用凹部内に堆積させた後、集積用凹部から離型して得られるものである。本実施形態のナプキン1の吸収性コア41は、高吸収性ポリマーを含まないパルプ繊維の単独積繊体であっても良い。
The absorptive core 41 of the napkin 1 of this embodiment is composed of a mixed product of pulp fibers and a superabsorbent polymer. The mixed fiber stack is manufactured by a known drum-type fiber stacking apparatus including a stacking drum having a stacking concave portion on the peripheral surface, and is sucked from the bottom surface of the stacking concave portion, The surface is supplied with pulp fibers and superabsorbent polymer as the absorbent core forming material in a scattered state, and after the absorbent core forming material is deposited in the accumulation recess, it is released from the accumulation recess. Is obtained. The absorbent core 41 of the napkin 1 of the present embodiment may be a single fiber stack of pulp fibers that does not contain a superabsorbent polymer.
吸収性コア41を構成するパルプ繊維としては、木材パルプ繊維、レーヨン繊維、コットン繊維、酢酸セルロース等のセルロース系の親水性繊維が挙げられる。これらの繊維は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。パルプ繊維の原料パルプとしては、針葉樹クラフトパルプ或いは広葉樹クラフトパルプのような木材パルプ、木綿パルプ或いはワラパルプ等の非木材パルプが挙げられる。また強度向上の観点から、吸収性コア41には、セルロース系の親水性繊維からなるパルプ繊維の他に、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系繊維、ポリエステル、ポリアミド等の縮合系繊維等の合成繊維を少量混ぜても良い。なお、本発明における吸収性コアは、パルプ繊維(セルロース系繊維)、特に木材パルプ繊維の割合が、好ましくは70質量%以上100質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以上100質量%以下、更に好ましくは100質量%である。
Examples of the pulp fibers constituting the absorbent core 41 include cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as wood pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers, and cellulose acetate. These fibers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the raw material pulp of the pulp fiber include wood pulp such as softwood kraft pulp or hardwood kraft pulp, and non-wood pulp such as cotton pulp or wall pulp. From the viewpoint of improving the strength, the absorbent core 41 is made of synthetic fibers such as polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, condensed fibers such as polyester and polyamide, in addition to pulp fibers made of cellulosic hydrophilic fibers. A small amount may be mixed. The absorbent core in the present invention has a ratio of pulp fibers (cellulosic fibers), particularly wood pulp fibers, of preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Preferably it is 100 mass%.
高吸収性ポリマーとしては、一般に粒子状のものが用いられるが、繊維状のものでもよい。粒子状の高吸収性ポリマーを用いる場合、その形状は球状、塊状、俵状又は不定形のいずれでもよい。高吸収性ポリマーとしては、一般に、アクリル酸又はアクリル酸アルカリ金属塩の重合物又は共重合物を用いることができる。その例としては、ポリアクリル酸及びその塩並びにポリメタクリル酸及びその塩が挙げられる。ポリアクリル酸塩やポリメタクリル酸塩としては、ナトリウム塩を好ましく用いることができる。また、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸にマレイン酸、イタコン酸、アクリルアミド、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルエタンスルホン酸、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート又はスチレンスルホン酸等のコモノマーを高吸収性ポリマーの性能を低下させない範囲で共重合させた共重合物も用いることができる。吸収性コア41が高吸水性ポリマーを含有することで、吸収性コア41はより安定的に大量の血液などの排泄液を素早く吸収し、保持することができる。また、吸収性コア41には、消臭剤や抗菌剤等を必要に応じて配合しても良い。吸収性コア41における消臭剤及び抗菌剤の配合量には特に制限はなく、当該技術分野で通常配合されている量とすればよい。
As the superabsorbent polymer, a particulate polymer is generally used, but a fibrous polymer may be used. When the particulate superabsorbent polymer is used, the shape thereof may be any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a bowl shape, and an amorphous shape. As the superabsorbent polymer, generally, a polymer or copolymer of acrylic acid or an alkali metal acrylate can be used. Examples thereof include polyacrylic acid and salts thereof and polymethacrylic acid and salts thereof. As the polyacrylate and polymethacrylate, sodium salts can be preferably used. In addition, acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, acrylamide, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, 2- (meth) acryloylethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrenesulfonic acid, etc. It is also possible to use a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing the above-mentioned comonomer within a range that does not deteriorate the performance of the superabsorbent polymer. When the absorbent core 41 contains the superabsorbent polymer, the absorbent core 41 can more quickly absorb and retain a large amount of excretory fluid such as blood. Moreover, you may mix | blend a deodorizer, an antibacterial agent, etc. with the absorptive core 41 as needed. There is no restriction | limiting in particular in the compounding quantity of the deodorizer and antibacterial agent in the absorptive core 41, What is necessary is just to be the quantity normally mix | blended in the said technical field.
コアラップシート42等のナプキンの構成部材にカチオン性ポリマーを含む血球凝集剤を含有させて凝集剤配置部を形成する方法としては、その構成部材に血球凝集剤を保持させ得る限り特に制限されないが、例えば、血球凝集剤を、水、エタノール等の適宜の溶媒に溶解させ、粘度等の諸物性を適宜調整した溶液とし、該溶液をコアラップシート42に付着又は浸漬させた後、コアラップシート42を乾燥して溶媒を除去することが、コアラップシート42の空孔部に血球凝集剤を埋めた状態に保持されやすい観点から好ましい。血球凝集剤を含む溶液をコアラップシート42に付着させる方法としては、コアラップシート42の所定箇所への溶液の滴下、各種の塗工方法を採用することができる。例えば、スプレー法、ディッピング法、転写法、ダイ塗工、グラビア塗工、インクジェット法、スクリーン印刷等の公知の液体塗工装置を用いたコアラップシート42の所定箇所への液体の塗工等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、スプレー塗工法が、粘度等の諸物性を適宜調整した血球凝集剤を含む溶液を、スプレー用ノズルの形状、その塗布量等を適宜調整することで、効率的に空孔を埋める状態に保持できる点から好ましい。また、乾燥は、加熱による乾燥、減圧による乾燥、加熱と減圧とを組み合わせた乾燥の何れでも良いが、これらの強制乾燥に代えて自然乾燥でも良い。加熱による乾燥、基材シートの空孔部を埋めた状態に固定する観点から、血球凝集剤や基材シートが損傷しない範囲において、より高温に加熱し、溶媒を急激に除去することにより乾燥することが、より好ましい。
The method for forming the agglutinating agent placement part by containing a hemagglutinating agent containing a cationic polymer in the constituent member of the napkin such as the core wrap sheet 42 is not particularly limited as long as the hemagglutinating agent can be retained in the constituent member. For example, a hemagglutinating agent is dissolved in an appropriate solvent such as water or ethanol to obtain a solution in which various physical properties such as viscosity are appropriately adjusted, and the solution is adhered to or immersed in the core wrap sheet 42, and then the core wrap sheet. It is preferable to dry 42 to remove the solvent from the viewpoint of being easily maintained in a state in which the hole portion of the core wrap sheet 42 is filled with the hemagglutinating agent. As a method of attaching the solution containing the hemagglutinating agent to the core wrap sheet 42, dropping of the solution onto a predetermined portion of the core wrap sheet 42 and various coating methods can be employed. For example, a liquid application to a predetermined portion of the core wrap sheet 42 using a known liquid coating apparatus such as a spray method, a dipping method, a transfer method, a die coating, a gravure coating, an ink jet method, a screen printing, etc. Can be mentioned. Among these, the spray coating method efficiently fills the pores by appropriately adjusting the shape of the nozzle for spraying, the coating amount thereof, etc., with a solution containing a hemagglutinating agent in which various physical properties such as viscosity are appropriately adjusted. It is preferable because it can be maintained in a state. The drying may be any of drying by heating, drying by reduced pressure, and drying combining heating and reduced pressure, but natural drying may be used instead of these forced drying. From the viewpoint of drying by heating and fixing the pores of the base material sheet to a filled state, heating is performed at a higher temperature within a range where the hemagglutinating agent and the base material sheet are not damaged, and drying is performed by rapidly removing the solvent. It is more preferable.
本実施形態の生理用ナプキンは、通常の生理用ナプキンと同様に、ショーツのクロッチ部等に固定して使用される。
ナプキン1は、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布10からなり、肌側コアラップシート42a等の下方部材に血球凝集剤が含まれているため、表面シート2上に排泄された経血が、表面シート2を通過して下方部材に達すると、その経血に血球凝集剤が接触して、赤血球の凝集塊を生じる。表面シートが、フラットな不織布からなる場合、この凝集塊が、表面シート内や表面シートの近傍に生じると、着用中に加わる体圧により表面シートが加圧されたときに、その凝集塊が、表面シートの肌に接する表面に移動し、着用者の肌に付着しやすいが、ナプキン1においては、表面シート2が、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布10からなることから、着用中に体圧等により表面シートに圧力が加えられても凸部が優先的に潰れる一方、経血は表面シート2の凸部の側面部や凹部を通過し、表面シート2の非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シートに近い位置に配された血球凝集剤と反応することで、赤血球の凝集塊は、表面シートの凹部や表面シート2の下層よりも前記裏面シート側に優先的に形成されるため、着用者の肌に赤血球の凝集塊が接触してべたつきなどの不快感を生じることが効果的に防止される。 The sanitary napkin of the present embodiment is used by being fixed to a crotch portion or the like of shorts in the same manner as a normal sanitary napkin.
Thenapkin 1 is composed of an uneven nonwoven fabric 10 having at least unevenness on the skin-facing surface side, and a hemagglutinating agent is contained in a lower member such as the skin-side core wrap sheet 42a. Therefore, menstrual blood excreted on the top sheet 2 However, when it passes through the surface sheet 2 and reaches the lower member, the hemagglutinating agent comes into contact with the menstrual blood to produce an aggregate of red blood cells. When the surface sheet is made of a flat nonwoven fabric, when this agglomerate occurs in the surface sheet or in the vicinity of the surface sheet, when the surface sheet is pressed by body pressure applied during wearing, the agglomerate is Although it moves to the surface which touches the skin of a surface sheet and adheres to a wearer's skin, in the napkin 1, since the surface sheet 2 consists of the uneven | corrugated nonwoven fabric 10 which has an unevenness | corrugation in the skin opposing surface side, Even if pressure is applied to the surface sheet due to body pressure or the like, the convex portion is crushed preferentially, while menstrual blood passes through the side surface portion and the concave portion of the convex portion of the surface sheet 2 and from the non-skin facing surface of the surface sheet 2 In addition, by reacting with the hemagglutinating agent disposed at a position close to the back sheet, red blood cell aggregates are preferentially formed on the back sheet side over the recesses of the top sheet and the lower layer of the top sheet 2. On the skin of the wearer It is effectively prevented resulting discomfort such as stickiness in contact aggregates of blood cells are.
ナプキン1は、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布10からなり、肌側コアラップシート42a等の下方部材に血球凝集剤が含まれているため、表面シート2上に排泄された経血が、表面シート2を通過して下方部材に達すると、その経血に血球凝集剤が接触して、赤血球の凝集塊を生じる。表面シートが、フラットな不織布からなる場合、この凝集塊が、表面シート内や表面シートの近傍に生じると、着用中に加わる体圧により表面シートが加圧されたときに、その凝集塊が、表面シートの肌に接する表面に移動し、着用者の肌に付着しやすいが、ナプキン1においては、表面シート2が、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布10からなることから、着用中に体圧等により表面シートに圧力が加えられても凸部が優先的に潰れる一方、経血は表面シート2の凸部の側面部や凹部を通過し、表面シート2の非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シートに近い位置に配された血球凝集剤と反応することで、赤血球の凝集塊は、表面シートの凹部や表面シート2の下層よりも前記裏面シート側に優先的に形成されるため、着用者の肌に赤血球の凝集塊が接触してべたつきなどの不快感を生じることが効果的に防止される。 The sanitary napkin of the present embodiment is used by being fixed to a crotch portion or the like of shorts in the same manner as a normal sanitary napkin.
The
特に、本実施形態のように、表面シート2が、肌対向面側に内部が中実の凸部を有するものであると、高い装着圧時に繊維密度が高くなり、また、凸部がつぶれることなく形状が維持されるため、排泄された経血の吸収速度が速くなるので好ましい。更に、高い装着圧時に、繊維間空孔が小さくなるため、生成された赤血球の凝集塊が中実底部で繊維に引っ掛りやすくなり、表面シートの表面までは移動しにくいため、赤血球の凝集塊が着用者の肌に付着してべたつきを生じることが一層効果的に防止される。
In particular, as in the present embodiment, when the topsheet 2 has a solid convex portion on the skin facing surface side, the fiber density becomes high at the time of high wearing pressure, and the convex portion is crushed. Since the shape is maintained, the absorption rate of excreted menstrual blood is increased, which is preferable. Furthermore, since the pores between fibers become small at high mounting pressure, the generated red blood cell agglomerates are easily caught on the fiber at the bottom of the solid, and the red blood cell agglomerates are difficult to move to the surface of the surface sheet. Is more effectively prevented from sticking to the wearer's skin and causing stickiness.
また、本実施形態のように、表面シート2が、肌対向面側の凹凸の凹部近辺の繊維密度が、凸部の頂部の繊維密度より高いものであると、凸部よりも凹部の毛管力が大きくなる。そのため、赤血球の凝集塊が表面シートの表面までは移動しにくくなり、赤血球の凝集塊が着用者の肌に付着してべたつきを生じることが一層効果的に防止される。凹部近辺の繊維密度及び凸部の頂部の繊維密度は、それぞれ以下のようにして測定される。
<繊維密度の測定方法>
表面シート2の切断面を、走査電子顕微鏡を用いて拡大観察(繊維断面が30~60本程度計測できる倍率に調整;150~500倍)し、一定面積当たり(0.5mm2程度)の前記切断面によって切断されている繊維の断面数を数える。次に1mm2当たりの繊維の断面数に換算し、これを繊維密度とする。測定は3箇所行い、平均してそのサンプルの繊維密度とする。走査電子顕微鏡には、例えば、日本電子(株)社製のJCM-5100(商品名)を用いることができる。 In addition, as in the present embodiment, when thetopsheet 2 has a fiber density in the vicinity of the concave portion of the concave portion on the skin facing surface side higher than the fiber density of the top portion of the convex portion, the capillary force of the concave portion is higher than that of the convex portion. Becomes larger. Therefore, the aggregate of red blood cells is difficult to move to the surface of the surface sheet, and it is more effectively prevented that the aggregate of red blood cells adheres to the wearer's skin and causes stickiness. The fiber density in the vicinity of the concave portion and the fiber density at the top portion of the convex portion are measured as follows.
<Measurement method of fiber density>
The cut surface of thesurface sheet 2 is magnified and observed using a scanning electron microscope (adjusted to a magnification capable of measuring about 30 to 60 fiber cross sections; 150 to 500 times), and the above per unit area (about 0.5 mm 2 ). Count the number of cross-sections of the fibers being cut by the cut surface. Next, it is converted into the number of cross sections of the fiber per 1 mm 2 and this is defined as the fiber density. The measurement is performed at three locations, and the average is the fiber density of the sample. As the scanning electron microscope, for example, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. can be used.
<繊維密度の測定方法>
表面シート2の切断面を、走査電子顕微鏡を用いて拡大観察(繊維断面が30~60本程度計測できる倍率に調整;150~500倍)し、一定面積当たり(0.5mm2程度)の前記切断面によって切断されている繊維の断面数を数える。次に1mm2当たりの繊維の断面数に換算し、これを繊維密度とする。測定は3箇所行い、平均してそのサンプルの繊維密度とする。走査電子顕微鏡には、例えば、日本電子(株)社製のJCM-5100(商品名)を用いることができる。 In addition, as in the present embodiment, when the
<Measurement method of fiber density>
The cut surface of the
また、本実施形態のように、表面シート2が、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層よりも非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記下層の繊維密度が前記上層の繊維密度よりも高いものであると、前記上層よりも前記下層の毛管力が大きくなる。そのため、排泄された経血の吸収速度が速くなり、更に下方部材で生成された赤血球の凝集塊が表面シートの表面までは移動しにくくなるめ、赤血球の凝集塊が着用者の肌に付着してべたつきを生じることが一層効果的に防止される。
Moreover, like this embodiment, the surface sheet 2 has the upper layer distribute | arranged to the skin opposing surface side, and the lower layer distribute | arranged to the non-skin opposing surface side rather than this upper layer, The fiber density of the said lower layer is the said When the fiber density is higher than that of the upper layer, the capillary force of the lower layer becomes larger than that of the upper layer. Therefore, the absorption rate of excreted menstrual blood is increased, and the aggregate of red blood cells generated by the lower member is less likely to move to the surface of the top sheet, so that the aggregate of red blood cells adheres to the wearer's skin. It is possible to more effectively prevent stickiness.
また、本実施形態の生理用ナプキンのように、表面シート2が、平面視において凸部が独立して散点状に配置されている凹凸不織布10からなると、表面シート2に加わる圧力が平面方向に伝播し難い。さらに平面方向における広い面積において、経血が下層側に引き込まれるため吸収速度が速まり、下層側で生成された赤血球の凝集塊が表面シート2の表面に戻ることが防止される。経血は表面シート2の凸部の側面部や凹部を通過し、表面シート2の非肌対向面よりも裏面シート3に近い位置に配された血球凝集剤と反応することで、赤血球の凝集塊は、凹部や表面シート2の非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シート側に優先的に形成されるため、着用者の肌に赤血球の凝集塊が接触してべたつきなどの不快感を生じることが効果的に防止される。
Further, as in the sanitary napkin of the present embodiment, when the topsheet 2 is composed of the uneven nonwoven fabric 10 in which the convex portions are arranged in the form of scattered dots in plan view, the pressure applied to the topsheet 2 is in the planar direction. Difficult to propagate to. Furthermore, in a large area in the plane direction, menstrual blood is drawn to the lower layer side, so that the absorption speed is increased, and the aggregate of red blood cells generated on the lower layer side is prevented from returning to the surface of the topsheet 2. Menstrual blood passes through the side surface and the concave portion of the convex portion of the topsheet 2 and reacts with a hemagglutinating agent disposed closer to the backsheet 3 than the non-skin facing surface of the topsheet 2, thereby aggregating red blood cells. Since the lump is formed preferentially on the back sheet side over the non-skin facing surface of the recess and the top sheet 2, the agglomerate of red blood cells may come into contact with the wearer's skin and cause discomfort such as stickiness. Effectively prevented.
図1及び図2に示すナプキン1は、図1に示すように、ナプキン1の肌対向面における縦方向中央線CLの両側に、縦方向Xに延びる側方防漏溝81,81を有している。
一対の側方防漏溝81のそれぞれは、横方向Yにおける排泄スポット部Pを挟む両側それぞれにおいて、ナプキン1の縦方向Xに延びている。一対の側方防漏溝81,81は、少なくとも排泄部対向部Bにおける、排泄スポット部Pを挟む両側それぞれにおいて、縦方向Xに延びていることが好ましい。側方防漏溝81は、排泄部対向部Bから前方部A又は後方部Bに亘って延在していることが好ましく、図1に示すように、前方部A、排泄部対向部B及び後方部Cに亘って延在していることがより好ましい。
また、一対の側方防漏溝81,81は、排泄スポット部Pより前方側を通る前方防漏溝82により、前方部A側の端部どうしが連結されていることが好ましく、また、排泄スポット部Pより後方側を通る後方防漏溝83により、後方部C側の端部どうしが連結されていることが好ましい。 As shown in FIG. 1, thenapkin 1 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 has side leakage preventing grooves 81, 81 extending in the vertical direction X on both sides of the vertical center line CL on the skin facing surface of the napkin 1. ing.
Each of the pair of sideleakage preventing grooves 81 extends in the longitudinal direction X of the napkin 1 on each side of the excretion spot portion P in the lateral direction Y. The pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81 and 81 preferably extend in the longitudinal direction X at least on both sides of the excretion part facing part B with the excretion spot part P interposed therebetween. The side leakage prevention groove 81 preferably extends from the excretory part facing part B to the front part A or the rear part B. As shown in FIG. 1, the front part A, the excretion part facing part B, and More preferably, it extends over the rear part C.
Moreover, it is preferable that the end part by the side of the front part A is connected by the front leak-proof groove 82 which passes a front side from the excretion spot part P, and a pair of side leak- proof groove 81,81 is excreted. It is preferable that end portions on the rear portion C side are connected to each other by a rear leakage prevention groove 83 that passes rearward from the spot portion P.
一対の側方防漏溝81のそれぞれは、横方向Yにおける排泄スポット部Pを挟む両側それぞれにおいて、ナプキン1の縦方向Xに延びている。一対の側方防漏溝81,81は、少なくとも排泄部対向部Bにおける、排泄スポット部Pを挟む両側それぞれにおいて、縦方向Xに延びていることが好ましい。側方防漏溝81は、排泄部対向部Bから前方部A又は後方部Bに亘って延在していることが好ましく、図1に示すように、前方部A、排泄部対向部B及び後方部Cに亘って延在していることがより好ましい。
また、一対の側方防漏溝81,81は、排泄スポット部Pより前方側を通る前方防漏溝82により、前方部A側の端部どうしが連結されていることが好ましく、また、排泄スポット部Pより後方側を通る後方防漏溝83により、後方部C側の端部どうしが連結されていることが好ましい。 As shown in FIG. 1, the
Each of the pair of side
Moreover, it is preferable that the end part by the side of the front part A is connected by the front leak-proof groove 82 which passes a front side from the excretion spot part P, and a pair of side leak-
一対の側方防漏溝81のそれぞれは、排泄スポット部を挟んで横方向Yの両側に位置する部分に、横方向Yの外方に向かって凸状に湾曲した平面視形状を有する中央円弧状部81bを有しており、縦方向Xにおける中央円弧状部81bの前後に、それぞれ横方向Yの外方に向かって凸状に湾曲した平面視形状を有する前方円弧状部81a及び後方円弧状部81cを有している。一対の側方防漏溝81のそれぞれは、横方向Yの外方に向かって凸に湾曲した前記の3つの円弧状部81a,81b,81cが、縦方向Xに3つ連なった平面視形状を有しており、中央円弧状部81bと前方円弧状部81aとの接続部及び中央円弧状部81bと後方円弧状部81cとの接続部は、一対の側方防漏溝81の距離が狭まった括れ部となっている。
Each of the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81 is a central circle having a plan view shape that is curved outwardly in the lateral direction Y at portions located on both sides of the lateral direction Y across the excretion spot portion. A front arcuate part 81a and a rear circle each having an arcuate part 81b and having a plan view shape curved in a convex manner outward in the lateral direction Y before and after the central arcuate part 81b in the longitudinal direction X It has an arcuate portion 81c. Each of the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81 has a plan view shape in which the three arcuate portions 81a, 81b, 81c that are convexly curved outward in the lateral direction Y are connected in the longitudinal direction X. The connecting portion between the central arc-shaped portion 81b and the front arc-shaped portion 81a and the connecting portion between the central arc-shaped portion 81b and the rear arc-shaped portion 81c have a distance between the pair of side leakage preventing grooves 81. It is a narrowed part.
側方防漏溝81、前方防漏溝82及び後方防漏溝83のいずれにおいても、吸収体4の肌対向面側が、表面シート2とともに溝状に陥没しており、吸収体4は、防漏溝81,82,83が形成されている部位が、それぞれ、該吸収体4における、該防漏溝81,82,83を挟んでその両側に位置する部分に比して圧密化している。環状防漏溝8は、例えば、表面シート2と吸収体4とを重ねたものに対して、裏面シート3に向って、一体に加圧、又は加熱及び加圧を伴うエンボス加工を施すことにより形成することができる。防漏溝8の主たる役割は、ナプキン1の平面方向の液の拡散抑制である。
In any of the side leak-proof groove 81, the front leak-proof groove 82, and the rear leak-proof groove 83, the skin facing surface side of the absorbent body 4 is recessed in a groove shape together with the top sheet 2, and the absorbent body 4 is The portions where the leakage grooves 81, 82, 83 are formed are consolidated as compared with the portions of the absorber 4 that are located on both sides of the leakage prevention grooves 81, 82, 83. The annular leak-proof groove 8 is formed by, for example, subjecting the top sheet 2 and the absorbent body 4 to overlap each other toward the back sheet 3 by integrally pressing or embossing with heating and pressurization. Can be formed. The main role of the leak-proof groove 8 is to suppress the diffusion of liquid in the plane direction of the napkin 1.
また、表面シート2として用いる凹凸不織布は、厚み方向又は平面方向における全体又は一部が親水性であることが好ましい。特に防漏溝81、82、83を形成している部位が親水性であることが好ましい。防漏溝81、82、83を形成している部位の表面シート2が親水性であると、親水性である経血が吸収体内を効率よく拡散する事ができる。
Moreover, it is preferable that the uneven nonwoven fabric used as the surface sheet 2 is hydrophilic in whole or in part in the thickness direction or the planar direction. In particular, it is preferable that the portions where the leakage preventing grooves 81, 82, 83 are formed are hydrophilic. When the surface sheet 2 at the site where the leak- proof grooves 81, 82, 83 are formed is hydrophilic, hydrophilic menstrual blood can efficiently diffuse in the absorbent body.
表面シート2の全体又は一部を親水性とする方法としては、表面シート2として、木材パルプ繊維、レーヨン繊維、コットン繊維、酢酸セルロース繊維等のセルロース系繊維を主たる構成繊維とする不織布や、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系繊維、ポリエステル、ポリアミド等の縮合系繊維等の合成繊維を親水性油剤で親水化した繊維を主たる構成繊維とする不織布等を用いる方法が挙げられる。
As a method of making the whole or a part of the topsheet 2 hydrophilic, a nonwoven fabric or polyethylene, which is mainly composed of cellulose fibers such as wood pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers, cellulose acetate fibers, etc., as the topsheet 2 And a method using a non-woven fabric or the like mainly composed of fibers obtained by hydrophilizing synthetic fibers such as polyolefin fibers such as polypropylene and condensed fibers such as polyester and polyamide with a hydrophilic oil.
本発明の血球凝集性繊維に用いられる血球凝集剤としては、血液中の赤血球を凝集させ得る作用を有するものが用いられる。血球凝集剤によって凝集した赤血球は凝集塊となる。血球凝集剤としてはカチオン性ポリマーが有用である。その理由は次のとおりである。赤血球はその表面に赤血球膜を有する。赤血球膜は、2層構造を有している。この2層構造は、下層である赤血球膜骨格と上層である脂質皮膜からなる。赤血球の表面に露出している脂質皮膜には、グリコホリンと呼ばれるタンパク質が含まれている。グリコホリンはその末端にシアル酸と呼ばれるアニオン電荷を帯びた糖が結合した糖鎖を有している。その結果、赤血球はアニオン電荷を帯びたコロイド粒子として扱うことができる。コロイド粒子の凝集には一般に凝集剤が用いられる。赤血球がアニオン性のコロイド粒子であることを考慮すると、凝集剤としてはカチオン性の物質を用いることが、赤血球の電気二重層を中和する点から有利である。また凝集剤が高分子鎖を有していると、赤血球の表面に吸着した凝集剤の高分子鎖どうしの絡み合いが生じやすくなり、そのことに起因して赤血球の凝集が促進される。更に、凝集剤が官能基を有している場合には、該官能基間の相互作用によっても赤血球の凝集が促進されるので好ましい。血球凝集剤(カチオン性ポリマー)によれば、以上の作用機序によって経血中に赤血球の凝集塊を生成することが可能になる。
As the hemagglutinating agent used in the hemagglutinating fiber of the present invention, those having an action capable of aggregating erythrocytes in blood are used. Red blood cells aggregated by the hemagglutinating agent become aggregates. A cationic polymer is useful as the hemagglutinating agent. The reason is as follows. Red blood cells have a red blood cell membrane on their surface. The erythrocyte membrane has a two-layer structure. This two-layer structure is composed of a red blood cell membrane skeleton as a lower layer and a lipid membrane as an upper layer. The lipid film exposed on the surface of erythrocytes contains a protein called glycophorin. Glycophorin has a sugar chain to which a sugar having an anionic charge called sialic acid is bonded at its end. As a result, erythrocytes can be treated as colloidal particles having an anionic charge. In general, an aggregating agent is used for aggregating the colloidal particles. Considering that erythrocytes are anionic colloidal particles, it is advantageous to use a cationic substance as an aggregating agent from the viewpoint of neutralizing the electric double layer of erythrocytes. Further, if the aggregating agent has a polymer chain, the polymer chains of the aggregating agent adsorbed on the surface of the erythrocyte tend to be entangled with each other, thereby promoting the aggregation of erythrocytes. Further, when the aggregating agent has a functional group, it is preferable because the aggregation of erythrocytes is promoted by the interaction between the functional groups. According to the hemagglutinating agent (cationic polymer), it becomes possible to produce an aggregate of red blood cells during menstrual blood by the above mechanism of action.
本発明で用いられる好ましい血球凝集剤は、血液中の赤血球を凝集させて赤血球塊を形成するとともに血漿成分が分離されるよう作用するものが望ましい。特に好ましい血球凝集剤は、擬似血液に、測定サンプル剤を1000ppm添加した際に、血液の流動性が維持された状態で、少なくとも2個以上の赤血球が凝集して凝集塊を形成する性質を有するものである。
The preferred hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention is preferably one that acts to agglutinate erythrocytes in blood to form erythrocyte clots and to separate plasma components. A particularly preferred hemagglutinating agent has the property that, when 1000 ppm of a measurement sample agent is added to simulated blood, at least two or more red blood cells aggregate to form an aggregate while maintaining the fluidity of blood. Is.
前記の「血液の流動性が維持された状態」は、測定サンプルが1000ppm添加された擬似血液10gをスクリュー管瓶(マルエム社製 品番「スクリュー管No.4」、口内径14.5mm、胴径27mm、全長55mm)に入れ、該擬似血液を入れたスクリュー管瓶を180度反転した際に、5秒以内で80%以上の該擬似血液が流れ落ちる状態を意味する。擬似血液とは、B型粘度計(東機産業株式会社製 型番TVB-10M、測定条件:ローターNo.19、30rpm、25℃、60秒間)を用いて測定した粘度が8mPa・sになるように脱繊維馬血(株式会社日本バイオテスト研究所製)の血球・血漿比率を調製したものである。
The above-mentioned “state in which the fluidity of blood is maintained” means that 10 g of simulated blood to which a measurement sample is added at 1000 ppm is screw tube bottle (manufactured by Maruemu, product number “screw tube No. 4”, mouth inner diameter 14.5 mm, body diameter 27 mm, full length 55 mm), and when the screw tube bottle containing the simulated blood is inverted 180 degrees, 80% or more of the simulated blood flows down within 5 seconds. Simulated blood means that the viscosity measured using a B-type viscometer (model number TVB-10M manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd., measurement conditions: rotor No. 19, 30 rpm, 25 ° C., 60 seconds) is 8 mPa · s. The blood cell / plasma ratio of defibrinated horse blood (manufactured by Nippon Biotest Laboratories, Inc.) was prepared.
前記の「2個以上の赤血球が凝集して凝集塊を形成」しているか否かは、次のようにして判断される。すなわち、測定サンプルが1000ppm添加された前記擬似血液を、生理食塩水で4000倍に希釈し、レーザー回折/散乱式粒度分布測定装置(HORIBA社製 型番:LA-950V2、測定条件:フロー式セル測定、循環速度1、超音波なし)を用いたレーザー回折散乱法によって、温度25℃にて測定した体積粒径平均のメジアン径が、2個以上の赤血球が凝集した凝集塊のサイズに相当する10μm以上である場合に、「2個以上の赤血球が凝集して凝集塊を形成」していると判断する。
Whether or not “two or more erythrocytes have aggregated to form an aggregate” is determined as follows. That is, the simulated blood to which a measurement sample was added at 1000 ppm was diluted 4000 times with physiological saline, and a laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device (manufactured by HORIBA, model number: LA-950V2, measurement condition: flow cell measurement). The average median diameter of the volume particle diameter measured at a temperature of 25 ° C. by a laser diffraction scattering method using a circulation speed of 1 and no ultrasonic wave is 10 μm corresponding to the size of an aggregate in which two or more red blood cells are aggregated. When it is above, it is determined that “two or more red blood cells aggregate to form an aggregate”.
本発明で用いられる血球凝集剤は、前記の性質に当てはまる単一の化合物若しくは前記の性質に当てはまる単一の化合物の複数の組み合わせ、又は複数の化合物の組み合わせによって前記の性質を満たす(赤血球の凝集を発現し得る)剤である。つまり血球凝集剤とは、あくまで前記定義によるところの赤血球凝集作用があるものに限定した剤のことである。したがって、血球凝集剤に、前記定義に当てはまらない第三成分を含む場合には、それを血球凝集剤組成物と表現し、血球凝集剤と区別する。なお、ここでいう「単一の化合物」とは、同じ組成式を有するが、繰り返し単位数が異なることにより、分子量が異なる化合物を含める概念である。
The hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention satisfies the above-mentioned properties by a single compound that meets the above-described properties, a plurality of combinations of single compounds that meet the above-mentioned properties, or a combination of a plurality of compounds (aggregation of erythrocytes). Agent). In other words, the hemagglutinating agent is an agent limited to those having an erythrocyte aggregating action as defined above. Therefore, when the hemagglutinating agent contains a third component that does not meet the above definition, it is expressed as a hemagglutinating agent composition and is distinguished from the hemagglutinating agent. Here, the term “single compound” is a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but having different molecular weights due to different numbers of repeating units.
本発明で用いる血球凝集剤としては、カチオン性ポリマーが好適なものとして挙げられる。カチオン性ポリマーとしては、例えばカチオン化セルロースや、塩化ヒドロキシプロピルトリモニウムデンプン等のカチオン化デンプンなどが挙げられる。また、本発明で用いられる血球凝集剤は、カチオン性ポリマーとして、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物又は第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物を含むこともできる。本発明において「第4級アンモニウム塩」とは、窒素原子の位置にプラス一価の電荷を有している化合物、又は中和によって窒素原子の位置にプラス一価の電荷を生じさせる化合物を包含し、その具体例としては、第4級アンモニウムカチオンの塩、第3級アミンの中和塩、及び水溶液中でカチオンを帯びる第3級アミンが挙げられる。以下に述べる「第4級アンモニウム部位」も同様の意味で用いられ、水中で正に帯電する部位である。また、本発明において「共重合物」とは、2種以上の重合性単量体の共重合によって得られた重合物のことであり、二元系共重合物及び三元系以上の共重合物の双方を包含する。本発明において「重縮合物」とは、2種以上の単量体からなる縮合物を重合することで得られた重縮合物である。このように、本明細書において「血球凝集剤」とは、血液の赤血球を凝集させることができる単一の化合物若しくは又はその単一の化合物の組合せ、又は、複数の化合物の組み合わせによって赤血球の凝集を発現する剤のことである。つまり、血球凝集剤とは、あくまで赤血球凝集作用があるものに限定した剤のことである。したがって、血球凝集剤に第三成分を含む場合には、それを血球凝集剤組成物と表現し、血球凝集剤と区別する。なお、ここでいう「単一の化合物」とは、同じ組成式を有するが、繰り返し単位数が異なることにより、分子量が異なる化合物を含める概念である。
As the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention, a cationic polymer is preferable. Examples of the cationic polymer include cationized cellulose and cationized starch such as hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride. The hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention can also contain a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate as a cationic polymer. In the present invention, the “quaternary ammonium salt” includes a compound having a plus monovalent charge at the nitrogen atom position, or a compound that generates a plus monovalent charge at the nitrogen atom position by neutralization. Specific examples thereof include a salt of a quaternary ammonium cation, a neutralized salt of a tertiary amine, and a tertiary amine having a cation in an aqueous solution. The “quaternary ammonium moiety” described below is also used in the same meaning and is a moiety that is positively charged in water. Further, in the present invention, the “copolymer” is a polymer obtained by copolymerization of two or more kinds of polymerizable monomers, and is a binary copolymer or a ternary copolymer or more. Includes both things. In the present invention, the “polycondensate” is a polycondensate obtained by polymerizing a condensate composed of two or more monomers. Thus, in the present specification, the “hemagglutinating agent” refers to the aggregation of erythrocytes by a single compound or a combination of single compounds capable of aggregating blood erythrocytes or a combination of a plurality of compounds. It is an agent that expresses. That is, the hemagglutinating agent is an agent limited to those having a hemagglutination effect. Therefore, when the hemagglutinating agent contains the third component, it is expressed as a hemagglutinating agent composition and is distinguished from the hemagglutinating agent. Here, the term “single compound” is a concept including compounds having the same composition formula but having different molecular weights due to different numbers of repeating units.
本発明で用いる血球凝集剤が、カチオン性ポリマーとして、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー及び/又は第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物及び/又は第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物を含む場合、該血球凝集剤は、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物及び第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物のうちのいずれか1種を含んでいてもよく、あるいは任意の2種以上の組み合わせを含んでいてもよい。また第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。同様に、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。更に同様に、第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
When the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention contains a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer and / or a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer and / or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate as the cationic polymer, the hemagglutination The agent may contain any one of a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer and a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate, or any combination of two or more. May be included. Moreover, a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Similarly, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Furthermore, similarly, a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
前述した各種のカチオン性ポリマーのうち、特に、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物又は第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物を用いることが、赤血球への吸着性の点から好ましい。以下の説明においては、簡便のため、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物及び第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物を総称して「第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマー」と言う。
Of the various cationic polymers described above, in particular, the use of a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate from the viewpoint of adsorptivity to erythrocytes. preferable. In the following description, for convenience, the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer and the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate are collectively referred to as “quaternary ammonium salt polymer”.
第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーは、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する重合性単量体を1種用い、これを重合することで得られたものである。一方、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する重合性単量体を少なくとも1種用い、必要に応じ第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない重合性単量体を少なくとも1種用い、これらを共重合することで得られたものである。すなわち第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する重合性単量体を2種以上用い、これらを共重合させて得られたものであるか、又は第4級アンモニウム部位を有する重合性単量体を1種以上と、第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない重合性単量体を1種以上用い、これらを共重合させて得られたものである。第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、ランダム共重合物でもよく、交互共重合物でもよく、ブロック共重合物でもよく、あるいはグラフト共重合物でもよい。第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物は、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する単量体1種以上からなる縮合物を用い、それら縮合物を重合することで得られたものである。すなわち第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物は、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する単量体2種以上の縮合物を用い、これを重合させて得られたものであるか、又は、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する単量体1種以上と、第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない単量体1種以上からなる縮合物を用い、これを縮重合させて得られたものである。
The quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer is obtained by polymerizing one type of polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety. On the other hand, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer uses at least one polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety and, if necessary, at least one polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety. It was obtained by using seeds and copolymerizing them. That is, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is obtained by using two or more polymerizable monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety and copolymerizing them, or having a quaternary ammonium moiety. It is obtained by copolymerizing one or more polymerizable monomers having one or more polymerizable monomers having no quaternary ammonium moiety. The quaternary ammonium salt copolymer may be a random copolymer, an alternating copolymer, a block copolymer, or a graft copolymer. The quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate is obtained by polymerizing these condensates using a condensate composed of one or more monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety. That is, the quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate is obtained by polymerizing two or more condensates having two or more monomers having a quaternary ammonium moiety, or the quaternary ammonium moiety. And a condensate comprising one or more monomers having quaternary ammonium moieties and one or more monomers having no quaternary ammonium moiety, and obtained by condensation polymerization.
第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーは、第4級アンモニウム部位を有するカチオン性のポリマーである。第4級アンモニウム部位は、アルキル化剤を用いた第3級アミンの第4級アンモニウム化によって生成させることができる。あるいは第3級アミンを酸若しくは水に溶解させ、中和で生じさせることができる。あるいは縮合反応を含む求核反応による第4級アンモニウム化によって生成させることができる。アルキル化剤としては、例えばハロゲン化アルキルや、硫酸ジメチル及び硫酸ジメチルなどの硫酸ジアルキルが挙げられる。これらのアルキル化剤のうち、硫酸ジアルキルを用いると、ハロゲン化アルキルを用いた場合に起こり得る腐食の問題が生じないので好ましい。酸としては、例えば塩酸、硫酸、硝酸、酢酸、クエン酸、リン酸、フルオロスルホン酸、ホウ酸、クロム酸、乳酸、シュウ酸、酒石酸、グルコン酸、ギ酸、アスコルビン酸、ヒアルロン酸などが挙げられる。特に、アルキル化剤によって第3級アミン部位を第4級アンモニウム化した第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーを用いると、赤血球の電気二重層を確実に中和できるので好ましい。縮合反応を含む求核反応による第4級アンモニウム化は、ジメチルアミンとエピクロルヒドリンの開環重縮合反応、ジシアンジアミドとジエチレントリアミンの環化反応のようにして生じさせることができる。
The quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a cationic polymer having a quaternary ammonium moiety. A quaternary ammonium moiety can be generated by quaternary ammoniumation of a tertiary amine using an alkylating agent. Alternatively, the tertiary amine can be dissolved in acid or water and generated by neutralization. Or it can produce | generate by the quaternary ammonium formation by the nucleophilic reaction containing a condensation reaction. Examples of the alkylating agent include alkyl halides and dialkyl sulfates such as dimethyl sulfate and dimethyl sulfate. Of these alkylating agents, the use of dialkyl sulfate is preferable because the problem of corrosion that may occur when an alkyl halide is used does not occur. Examples of the acid include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, phosphoric acid, fluorosulfonic acid, boric acid, chromic acid, lactic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, gluconic acid, formic acid, ascorbic acid, and hyaluronic acid. . In particular, it is preferable to use a quaternary ammonium salt polymer in which a tertiary amine moiety is quaternized with an alkylating agent, because the electric double layer of erythrocytes can be reliably neutralized. Quaternary ammoniumation by a nucleophilic reaction including a condensation reaction can be caused by a ring-opening polycondensation reaction of dimethylamine and epichlorohydrin or a cyclization reaction of dicyandiamide and diethylenetriamine.
赤血球の凝集塊を効果的に生成させる観点から、カチオン性ポリマーは、その分子量が2000以上であることが好ましく、1万以上であることが更に好ましく、3万以上であることが一層好ましい。カチオン性ポリマーの分子量がこれらの値以上であることによって、赤血球間でのカチオン性ポリマーどうしの絡み合いや、赤血球間でのカチオン性ポリマーの架橋が十分に生じる。分子量の上限値は1000万以下であることが好ましく、500万以下であることが更に好ましく、300万以下であることが一層好ましい。カチオン性ポリマーの分子量がこれらの値以下であることによって、カチオン性ポリマーが経血中へ良好に溶解する。また、カチオン性ポリマーの分子量がこれらの値以下であると、経血の凝集塊が適度な大きさになり易く、吸収性コアに含まれるパルプ繊維空隙やコアラップシートの空孔部内の空隙を凝集塊が塞ぐことを抑制できるので、カチオン性ポリマーが経血中へ良好に溶解した後でも、吸収性コア及びコアラップシートにおける経血の透過性が高く維持される観点からも好ましい。カチオン性ポリマーの分子量は、2000以上1000万以下であることが好ましく、2000以上500万以下であることが更に好ましく、2000以上300万以下であることが一層好ましく、1万以上300万以下であることが更に一層好ましく、3万以上300万以下であることが特に好ましい。本発明に言う分子量とは、重量平均分子量のことである。カチオン性ポリマーの分子量は、その重合条件を適切に選択することで制御することができる。カチオン性ポリマーの分子量は、東ソー株式会社製のHLC-8320GPCを用いて測定することができる。具体的な測定条件は次のとおりである。
From the viewpoint of effectively generating red blood cell aggregates, the cationic polymer preferably has a molecular weight of 2000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and even more preferably 30,000 or more. When the molecular weight of the cationic polymer is not less than these values, the entanglement of the cationic polymers between the erythrocytes and the crosslinking of the cationic polymer between the erythrocytes are sufficiently caused. The upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 10 million or less, more preferably 5 million or less, and even more preferably 3 million or less. When the molecular weight of the cationic polymer is not more than these values, the cationic polymer dissolves well into menstrual blood. Also, if the molecular weight of the cationic polymer is below these values, menstrual clumps are likely to have an appropriate size, and the voids in the pulp fiber voids and core wrap sheet voids contained in the absorbent core Since the clogging of the agglomerates can be suppressed, it is also preferable from the viewpoint of maintaining high menstrual permeability in the absorbent core and the core wrap sheet even after the cationic polymer is well dissolved in menstrual blood. The molecular weight of the cationic polymer is preferably 2000 or more and 10 million or less, more preferably 2000 or more and 5 million or less, still more preferably 2000 or more and 3 million or less, and 10,000 or more and 3 million or less. It is even more preferable, and it is particularly preferably 30,000 to 3,000,000. The molecular weight referred to in the present invention is a weight average molecular weight. The molecular weight of the cationic polymer can be controlled by appropriately selecting the polymerization conditions. The molecular weight of the cationic polymer can be measured using HLC-8320GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. Specific measurement conditions are as follows.
カラムとしては、東ソー株式会社製のガードカラムαと分析カラムα-Mを直列でつないだものを、カラム温度:40℃で用いる。検出器は、RI(屈折率)を用いる。測定サンプルとしては、溶離液1mLに対して1mgの測定対象の処理剤(第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマー)を溶解させる。ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートなどの水溶性重合性単量体を含む共重合体は、水に150mmol/Lの硫酸ナトリウムと1質量%の酢酸を溶解させた溶離液を用いる。ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートなどの水溶性重合性単量体を含む共重合体は、溶離液10mLに対して、分子量5900のプルラン、分子量47300のプルラン、分子量21.2万のプルラン、分子量78.8万のプルラン、各2.5mg溶解させたプルラン混合物を、分子量標準として用いる。ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートなどの水溶性重合性単量体を含む共重合体は流速:1.0mL/min、注入量:100μLで測定する。ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートなどの水溶性重合性単量体を含む共重合体以外は、エタノール:水=3:7(体積比)に50mmol/Lの臭化リチウムと1質量%の酢酸を溶解させた溶離液を用いる。ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートなどの水溶性重合性単量体を含む共重合体以外は、溶離液20mLに対して、分子量106のポリエチレングリコール(PEG)、分子量400のPEG、分子量1470のPEG、分子量6450のPEG、分子量5万のポリエチレンオキシド(PEO)、分子量23.5万のPEO、分子量87.5万のPEO、各10mg溶解させたPEG-PEO混合物を、分子量標準として用いる。ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートなどの水溶性重合性単量体を含む共重合体以外は流速:0.6mL/min、注入量:100μLで測定する。
As the column, a column in which a guard column α manufactured by Tosoh Corporation and an analytical column α-M are connected in series is used at a column temperature of 40 ° C. The detector uses RI (refractive index). As a measurement sample, 1 mg of the treatment agent (quaternary ammonium salt polymer) to be measured is dissolved in 1 mL of the eluent. A copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate uses an eluent in which 150 mmol / L sodium sulfate and 1% by mass acetic acid are dissolved in water. A copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate has a molecular weight of 5900, a pullulan with a molecular weight of 47300, a pullulan with a molecular weight of 212,000, and a molecular weight of 788,000 with respect to 10 mL of the eluent. Pullulan, a pullulan mixture with 2.5 mg each dissolved, is used as the molecular weight standard. A copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate is measured at a flow rate of 1.0 mL / min and an injection amount of 100 μL. Except for a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate, elution with 50 mmol / L lithium bromide and 1% by mass acetic acid dissolved in ethanol: water = 3: 7 (volume ratio) Use liquid. Except for a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate, a polyethylene glycol (PEG) having a molecular weight of 106, a PEG having a molecular weight of 400, a PEG having a molecular weight of 1470, and a PEG having a molecular weight of 6450 with respect to 20 mL of the eluent. Polyethylene oxide (PEO) having a molecular weight of 50,000, PEO having a molecular weight of 235,000, PEO having a molecular weight of 875,000, and a PEG-PEO mixture in which 10 mg of each is dissolved is used as a molecular weight standard. Except for a copolymer containing a water-soluble polymerizable monomer such as hydroxyethyl methacrylate, the flow rate is 0.6 mL / min and the injection amount is 100 μL.
赤血球の凝集塊を効果的に生成させる観点から、カチオン性ポリマーは水溶性であることが好ましい。本発明において「水溶性」とは、100mLのガラスビーカー(5mmΦ)に0.05gの1mm以下の粉末状又は厚み0.5mm以下のフィルム状カチオン性ポリマーを25℃の50mLイオン交換水に添加混合したときに、長さ20mm、幅7mmのスターラーチップを入れ、アズワン株式会社製マグネチックスターラーHPS-100を用いて600rpm攪拌下、その全量が24時間以内に水に溶解する性質のことである。なお、本発明において、更に好ましい溶解性としては、全量が3時間以内に水に溶解することが好ましく、全量が30分以内に水に溶解することが更に好ましい。
From the viewpoint of effectively producing red blood cell aggregates, the cationic polymer is preferably water-soluble. In the present invention, “water-soluble” means that 0.05 g of a 1 mm or less powdery or 0.5 mm or less film-like cationic polymer is added to a 100 mL glass beaker (5 mmΦ) and mixed with 50 mL ion-exchanged water at 25 ° C. In this case, a stirrer chip having a length of 20 mm and a width of 7 mm is inserted, and the whole amount is dissolved in water within 24 hours under stirring at 600 rpm using a magnetic stirrer HPS-100 manufactured by ASONE Co., Ltd. In the present invention, as the more preferable solubility, the total amount is preferably dissolved in water within 3 hours, and the total amount is more preferably dissolved in water within 30 minutes.
カチオン性ポリマーは、主鎖とそれに結合した複数の側鎖とを有する構造のものであることが好ましい。特に第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーは、主鎖とそれに結合した複数の側鎖とを有する構造のものであることが好ましい。第4級アンモニウム部位は側鎖に存在していることが好ましい。この場合、主鎖と側鎖とが1点で結合していると、側鎖の可撓性が阻害されにくくなり、側鎖に存在している第4級アンモニウム部位が赤血球の表面に円滑に吸着するようになる。尤も本発明において、カチオン性ポリマーの主鎖と側鎖とが2点又はそれ以上で結合していることは妨げられない。本発明において「1点で結合している」とは、主鎖を構成する炭素原子のうちの1個が、側鎖の末端に位置する1個の炭素原子と単結合していることをいう。「2点以上で結合している」とは、主鎖を構成する炭素原子のうちの2個以上が、側鎖の末端に位置する2個以上の炭素原子とそれぞれ単結合していることをいう。
The cationic polymer preferably has a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded thereto. In particular, the quaternary ammonium salt polymer preferably has a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded thereto. The quaternary ammonium moiety is preferably present in the side chain. In this case, when the main chain and the side chain are bonded at one point, the flexibility of the side chain is difficult to be hindered, and the quaternary ammonium moiety present in the side chain is smoothly formed on the surface of the erythrocyte. Adsorbs. However, in the present invention, it is not hindered that the main chain and the side chain of the cationic polymer are bonded at two points or more. In the present invention, “bonded at one point” means that one of the carbon atoms constituting the main chain is single-bonded with one carbon atom located at the end of the side chain. . “Connected at two or more points” means that two or more of the carbon atoms constituting the main chain are each single-bonded with two or more carbon atoms located at the end of the side chain. Say.
カチオン性ポリマーが、主鎖とそれに結合した複数の側鎖とを有する構造のものである場合、例えば第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーが、主鎖とそれに結合した複数の側鎖とを有する構造のものである場合、各側鎖の炭素数は4以上であることが好ましく、5以上であることが更に好ましく、6以上であることが一層好ましい。炭素数の上限値は、10以下であることが好ましく、9以下であることが更に好ましく、8以下であることが一層好ましい。例えば側鎖の炭素数は4以上10以下であることが好ましく、5以上9以下であることが更に好ましく、6以上8以下であることが一層好ましい。側鎖の炭素数とは、該側鎖における第4級アンモニウム部位(カチオン部位)の炭素数のことであり、対イオンであるアニオン中に炭素が含まれているとしても、その炭素は計数に含まない。特に、側鎖の炭素原子のうち、主鎖に結合している炭素原子から、第4級窒素に結合している炭素原子までの炭素数が前述の範囲であることが、第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーが赤血球の表面の表面に吸着するときの立体障害性が低くなるので好ましい。
When the cationic polymer has a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded thereto, for example, a quaternary ammonium salt polymer has a structure having a main chain and a plurality of side chains bonded thereto. In this case, the number of carbon atoms in each side chain is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 6 or more. The upper limit of the carbon number is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 9 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the side chain is preferably 4 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 9 or less, and still more preferably 6 or more and 8 or less. The carbon number of the side chain is the carbon number of the quaternary ammonium moiety (cation moiety) in the side chain, and even if carbon is contained in the anion that is the counter ion, the carbon is counted. Not included. In particular, among the carbon atoms in the side chain, the number of carbon atoms from the carbon atom bonded to the main chain to the carbon atom bonded to the quaternary nitrogen is within the aforementioned range, so that the quaternary ammonium salt. This is preferable because the steric hindrance when the polymer is adsorbed on the surface of the erythrocyte is reduced.
第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーが、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーである場合、該ホモポリマーとしては、例えば第4級アンモニウム部位又は第3級アミン部位を有するビニル系単量体の重合物が挙げられる。第3級アミン部位を有するビニル系単量体を重合する場合には、重合前に及び/又は重合後に、第3級アミン部位をアルキル化剤によって第4級アンモニウム化した第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーとなるか、重合前に及び/又は重合後に、第3級アミン部位を酸によって中和した第3級アミン中和塩となるか、重合後に水溶液中でカチオンを帯びる第3級アミンとなる。アルキル化剤や酸の例は、前述したとおりである。
When the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, examples of the homopolymer include a polymer of a vinyl monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety or a tertiary amine moiety. . In the case of polymerizing a vinyl monomer having a tertiary amine moiety, a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer in which the tertiary amine moiety is quaternized with an alkylating agent before and / or after polymerization. Becomes a polymer, becomes a tertiary amine neutralized salt obtained by neutralizing a tertiary amine site with an acid before and / or after polymerization, or becomes a tertiary amine having a cation in an aqueous solution after polymerization. . Examples of the alkylating agent and the acid are as described above.
特に第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーは、以下の式1で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
In particular, the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula 1.
第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーの具体例としては、ポリエチレンイミンなどが挙げられる。また、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する側鎖が、主鎖と1点で結合しているものであるポリ(2-メタクリルオキシエチルジメチルアミン4級塩)、ポリ(2-メタクリルオキシエチルトリメチルアンモニウム塩)、ポリ(2-メタクリルオキシエチルジメチルエチルアンモニウムメチル硫酸塩)、ポリ(2-アクリルオキシエチルジメチルアミン4級塩)、ポリ(2-アクリルオキシエチルトリメチルアミン4級塩)、ポリ(2-アクリルオキシエチルジメチルエチルアンモニウムエチル硫酸塩)、ポリ(3-ジメチルアミノプロピルアクリルアミド4級塩)、ポリメタクル酸ジメチルアミノエチル、ポリアリルアミン塩酸塩、カチオン化セルロース、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリジメチルアミノプロピルアクリルアミド、ポリアミジンなどが挙げられる。一方、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する側鎖が、主鎖と2点以上で結合しているホモポリマーの例としては、ポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド、ポリジアリルアミン塩酸塩が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer include polyethyleneimine. In addition, poly (2-methacryloxyethyldimethylamine quaternary salt), poly (2-methacryloxyethyltrimethylammonium salt) in which the side chain having a quaternary ammonium moiety is bonded to the main chain at one point. ), Poly (2-methacryloxyethyldimethylethylammonium methylsulfate), poly (2-acryloxyethyldimethylamine quaternary salt), poly (2-acryloxyethyltrimethylamine quaternary salt), poly (2-acryloxy) Ethyldimethylethylammonium ethyl sulfate), poly (3-dimethylaminopropylacrylamide quaternary salt), dimethylaminoethyl polymethacrylate, polyallylamine hydrochloride, cationized cellulose, polyethyleneimine, polydimethylaminopropylacrylamide, polyamidine, etc. And the like. On the other hand, examples of the homopolymer in which the side chain having a quaternary ammonium moiety is bonded to the main chain at two or more points include polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride and polydiallylamine hydrochloride.
第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーが、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物である場合には、該共重合物として、前述した第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーの重合に用いられる重合性単量体を2種以上用い共重合して得られた共重合物を用いることができる。あるいは、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物として、前述した第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーの重合に用いられる重合性単量体を1種以上と、第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない重合性単量体を1種以上用い共重合して得られた共重合物を用いることができる。更に、ビニル系重合性単量体に加えて、又はそれに代えて、他の重合性単量体、例えば-SO2-などを用いることもできる。第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、前述したとおり、二元系の共重合物又は三元系以上の共重合物であり得る。
When the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, two kinds of polymerizable monomers used for the polymerization of the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer described above are used as the copolymer. A copolymer obtained by the above copolymerization can be used. Alternatively, as a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, one or more polymerizable monomers used for the polymerization of the quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer described above and a polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety The copolymer obtained by copolymerizing using 1 or more types of bodies can be used. Furthermore, other polymerizable monomers such as —SO 2 — may be used in addition to or instead of the vinyl polymerizable monomer. As described above, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer can be a binary copolymer or a ternary or higher copolymer.
特に、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、前記の式1で表される繰り返し単位と、以下の式2で表される繰り返し単位とを有することが、赤血球の凝集塊を効果的に生成させる観点から好ましい。
In particular, the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer has a repeating unit represented by the above-described formula 1 and a repeating unit represented by the following formula 2 to effectively produce an agglomerate of erythrocytes. It is preferable from the viewpoint.
また、第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない重合性単量体としては、カチオン性重合性単量体、アニオン性重合性単量体、又はノニオン性重合性単量体を用いることができる。これらの重合性単量体中で、特にカチオン性重合性単量体又はノニオン性重合性単量体を用いることで、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物内において第4級アンモニウム部位との電荷相殺が起こらないので、赤血球の凝集を効果的に生じさせることができる。カチオン性重合性単量体の例としては、特定の条件下でカチオンを帯びる窒素原子を有する環状化合物としてビニルピリジンなど、特定の条件下でカチオンを帯びる窒素原子を主鎖に有する直鎖状化合物としてジシアンジアミドとジエチレントリアミンの縮合化合物などが挙げられる。アニオン性重合性単量体の例としては、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸、メタクリル酸、アクリル酸、及び、スチレンスルホン酸、並びに、これらの化合物の塩などが挙げられる。一方、ノニオン性重合性単量体の例としては、ビニルアルコール、アクリルアミド、ジメチルアクリルアミド、エチレングリコールモノメタクリレート、エチレングリコールモノアクリレート、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、メチルメタクリレート、メチルアクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、エチルアクリレート、プロピルメタクリレート、プロピルアクリレート、ブチルメタクリレート、ブチルアクリレートなどが挙げられる。これらカチオン性重合性単量体、アニオン性重合性単量体、又はノニオン性重合性単量体は、それらのうちの一つを用いることができ、あるいは任意の2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。またカチオン性重合性単量体を2種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、アニオン性重合性単量体を2種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、あるいはノニオン性重合性単量体を2種以上組み合わせて用いることもできる。カチオン性重合性単量体、アニオン性重合性単量体及び/又はノニオン性重合性単量体を重合性単量体として用いて共重合された第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、その分子量が、前述のとおり1000万以下であることが好ましく、特に500万以下、とりわけ300万以下であることが好ましい(以下に例示する第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物についても同様である。)。
Also, as the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety, a cationic polymerizable monomer, an anionic polymerizable monomer, or a nonionic polymerizable monomer can be used. Among these polymerizable monomers, in particular, by using a cationic polymerizable monomer or a nonionic polymerizable monomer, charge cancellation with a quaternary ammonium moiety in a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is achieved. Therefore, erythrocyte aggregation can be effectively generated. Examples of cationic polymerizable monomers include linear compounds having a cation-carrying nitrogen atom in the main chain, such as vinylpyridine as a cyclic compound having a cation-carrying nitrogen atom under a particular condition And a condensed compound of dicyandiamide and diethylenetriamine. Examples of the anionic polymerizable monomer include 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, styrene sulfonic acid, and salts of these compounds. On the other hand, examples of nonionic polymerizable monomers include vinyl alcohol, acrylamide, dimethylacrylamide, ethylene glycol monomethacrylate, ethylene glycol monoacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethyl Examples include acrylate, propyl methacrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, and butyl acrylate. One of these cationic polymerizable monomers, anionic polymerizable monomers, or nonionic polymerizable monomers can be used, or any two or more of them can be used in combination. Can do. Also, two or more cationic polymerizable monomers can be used in combination, two or more anionic polymerizable monomers can be used in combination, or two or more nonionic polymerizable monomers can be used in combination. Can also be used. A quaternary ammonium salt copolymer copolymerized using a cationic polymerizable monomer, an anionic polymerizable monomer and / or a nonionic polymerizable monomer as a polymerizable monomer has a molecular weight of However, as described above, it is preferably 10 million or less, particularly 5 million or less, and particularly preferably 3 million or less (the same applies to the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer exemplified below).
第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない重合性単量体として、水素結合をすることが可能な官能基を有する重合性単量体を用いることもできる。このような重合性単量体を共重合に用いること、それから得られる第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物を用いて赤血球を凝集させたときに、硬い凝集塊が生じやすくなり、高吸収性ポリマーの吸収性能が一層阻害されにくくなる。水素結合をすることが可能な官能基としては、例えば-OH、-NH2、-CHO、-COOH、-HF、-SHなどが挙げられる。水素結合をすることが可能な官能基を有する重合性単量体の例としては、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、ビニルアルコール、アクリルアミド、ジメチルアクリルアミド、エチレングリコールモノメタクリレート、エチレングリコールモノアクリレート、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、ヒドロキシエチルアクリレートなどが挙げられる。特に、水素結合が強く働く、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、ジメチルアクリルアミドなどは、第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーの赤血球への吸着状態が安定化するので好ましい。これらの重合性単量体は1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
A polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of hydrogen bonding can also be used as the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety. When such a polymerizable monomer is used for copolymerization, and when erythrocytes are aggregated using a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer obtained therefrom, a hard aggregate is likely to be formed. Absorption performance is less likely to be disturbed. Examples of the functional group capable of hydrogen bonding include —OH, —NH 2 , —CHO, —COOH, —HF, —SH and the like. Examples of polymerizable monomers having functional groups capable of hydrogen bonding include hydroxyethyl methacrylate, vinyl alcohol, acrylamide, dimethylacrylamide, ethylene glycol monomethacrylate, ethylene glycol monoacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl An acrylate etc. are mentioned. In particular, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, dimethylacrylamide, and the like, in which hydrogen bonds work strongly, are preferable because the adsorption state of quaternary ammonium salt polymers on erythrocytes is stabilized. These polymerizable monomers can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない重合性単量体として、疎水性相互作用をすることが可能な官能基を有する重合性単量体を用いることもできる。このような重合性単量体を共重合に用いることで、前述した、水素結合をすることが可能な官能基を有する重合性単量体を用いる場合と同様の有利な効果、すなわち赤血球の硬い凝集塊が生じやすくなるという効果が奏される。疎水性相互作用をすることが可能な官能基としては、例えばメチル基、エチル基、ブチル基等のアルキル基、フェニル基、アルキルナフタレン基、フッ化アルキル基などが挙げられる。疎水性相互作用をすることが可能な官能基を有する重合性単量体の例としては、メチルメタクリレート、メチルアクリレート、エチルメタクリレート、エチルアクリレート、プロピルメタクリレート、プロピルアクリレート、ブチルメタクリレート、ブチルアクリレート、スチレンなどが挙げられる。特に、疎水性相互作用が強く働き、第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーの溶解性を大きく低下させない、メチルメタクリレート、メチルアクリレート、ブチルメタクリレート、ブチルアクリレートなどは、第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーの赤血球への吸着状態が安定化するので好ましい。これらの重合性単量体は1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
As the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety, a polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of hydrophobic interaction can also be used. By using such a polymerizable monomer for copolymerization, the same advantageous effect as that in the case of using the polymerizable monomer having a functional group capable of hydrogen bonding described above, that is, the hardness of erythrocytes The effect that it becomes easy to produce an agglomerate is produced. Examples of functional groups capable of hydrophobic interaction include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, and butyl groups, phenyl groups, alkylnaphthalene groups, and fluorinated alkyl groups. Examples of polymerizable monomers having functional groups capable of hydrophobic interaction include methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl methacrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, styrene, etc. Is mentioned. In particular, methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, etc., which have a strong hydrophobic interaction and do not significantly reduce the solubility of the quaternary ammonium salt polymer, are adsorbed to erythrocytes by the quaternary ammonium salt polymer. Is preferable because of stabilization. These polymerizable monomers can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物中での、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する重合性単量体と、第4級アンモニウム部位を有さない重合性単量体とのモル比は、該第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物によって赤血球が十分に凝集するように適切に調整されることが好ましい。特に、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物における第4級アンモニウム部位を有する重合性単量体のモル比は10モル%以上であることが好ましく、22モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、32モル%以上であることが一層好ましく、38モル%以上であることが更に一層好ましい。また、100モル%以下であることが好ましく、80モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、65モル%以下であることが一層好ましく、56モル%以下であることが更に一層好ましい。具体的には、第4級アンモニウム部位を有する重合性単量体のモル比は10モル%以上100モル%以下であることが好ましく、22モル%以上80モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、32モル%以上65モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、38モル%以上56モル%以下であることが一層好ましい。
The molar ratio of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety and the polymerizable monomer having no quaternary ammonium moiety in the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is the quaternary ammonium salt. It is preferable that the red blood cells are appropriately adjusted so as to be sufficiently aggregated by the ammonium salt copolymer. In particular, the molar ratio of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety in the quaternary ammonium salt copolymer is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 22 mol% or more, and 32 mol. % Or more, more preferably 38 mol% or more. Further, it is preferably 100 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 65 mol% or less, and even more preferably 56 mol% or less. Specifically, the molar ratio of the polymerizable monomer having a quaternary ammonium moiety is preferably 10 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, more preferably 22 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 32 mol% or more and 65 mol% or less, and more preferably 38 mol% or more and 56 mol% or less.
第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーが、第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物である場合には、該重縮合物として、前述した第4級アンモニウム部位を有する単量体1種以上からなる縮合物を用い、それらの縮合物を重合することで得られた重縮合物を用いることができる。具体例としては、ジシアンジアミド/ジエチレントリアミン重縮合物、ジメチルアミン/エピクロルヒドリン重縮合物などが挙げられる。
When the quaternary ammonium salt polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate, as the polycondensate, a condensate composed of one or more monomers having the quaternary ammonium moiety described above is used. Polycondensates obtained by polymerizing these condensates can be used. Specific examples include dicyandiamide / diethylenetriamine polycondensate, dimethylamine / epichlorohydrin polycondensate, and the like.
前述した第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー及び第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物は、ビニル系重合性単量体の単独重合法又は共重合法によって得ることができる。重合方法としては、例えばラジカル重合、リビングラジカル重合、リビングカチオン重合、リビングアニオン重合、配位重合、開環重合、重縮合などを用いることができる。重合条件に特に制限はなく、目的とする分子量、流動電位、及び/又はIOB値を有する第4級アンモニウム塩ポリマーが得られる条件を適切に選択すればよい。
The quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer and quaternary ammonium salt copolymer described above can be obtained by a homopolymerization method or a copolymerization method of a vinyl polymerizable monomer. As the polymerization method, for example, radical polymerization, living radical polymerization, living cation polymerization, living anion polymerization, coordination polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polycondensation and the like can be used. There are no particular limitations on the polymerization conditions, and the conditions under which a quaternary ammonium salt polymer having the desired molecular weight, streaming potential, and / or IOB value can be obtained may be appropriately selected.
以上に詳述したカチオン性ポリマーは、上述した「特に好ましい血球凝集剤」の例示であり、その効果は特願2015-239286号、及び当該出願の日本国公開公報である特開2016-107100号公報及び当該出願を優先権主張の基礎とする国際出願の国際公開2016/093233号パンフレット記載の実施例1乃至45によって参照可能である。
The cationic polymer described in detail above is an example of the above-mentioned “particularly preferred hemagglutinating agent”, and the effect thereof is Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-239286 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-107100, which is the Japanese publication of the application. Reference can be made to Examples 1 to 45 described in the gazette and International Application No. 2016/093233 pamphlet of international application based on the priority claim.
また、本発明で用いる血球凝集剤は、ポリカチオン(カチオン性ポリマー)以外に、第三成分、例えば、溶媒、可塑剤、香料、抗菌・消臭剤、スキンケア剤等の他の成分を1種以上含んだ組成物(血球凝集剤組成物)の形態であってもよい。溶媒としては、水、炭素数1ないし4の飽和脂肪族一価アルコール等の水溶性有機溶媒、又は該水溶性有機溶媒と水との混合溶媒などを用いることができる。可塑剤としては、グリセリン、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、エチレングリコール、1,3-ブタンジオールなどを用いることができる。香料としては、特許第4776407号公報に記載されているグリーンハーバル様香気を有する香料、植物の抽出エキス、柑橘類の抽出エキスなどを用いることができる。抗菌・消臭剤としては、特許第4526271号公報に記載されている抗菌性を有する金属を含むカンクリナイト様鉱物、特許第4587928号公報に記載されているフェニル基を有する重合性モノマーから重合された多孔性ポリマー、特許第4651392号公報に記載されている第4級アンモニウム塩、活性炭、粘土鉱物などを用いることができる。スキンケア剤としては、特許第4084278号公報に記載されている植物エキス、コラーゲン、天然保湿成分、保湿剤、角質柔軟化剤、消炎剤などを用いることができる。
In addition to the polycation (cationic polymer), the hemagglutinating agent used in the present invention includes one third component such as a solvent, a plasticizer, a fragrance, an antibacterial / deodorant, and a skin care agent. It may be in the form of a composition (hemagglutinating agent composition) contained above. As the solvent, water, a water-soluble organic solvent such as a saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a mixed solvent of the water-soluble organic solvent and water can be used. As the plasticizer, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol and the like can be used. As a fragrance | flavor, the fragrance | flavor which has the green herbal-like fragrance described in patent 4776407, the extract of a plant, the extract of citrus fruits, etc. can be used. As an antibacterial / deodorant, it is polymerized from a cancrinite-like mineral containing a metal having antibacterial properties described in Japanese Patent No. 4526271, and a polymerizable monomer having a phenyl group described in Japanese Patent No. 4587928. Porous polymers, quaternary ammonium salts, activated carbon, clay minerals and the like described in Japanese Patent No. 4651392 can be used. As the skin care agent, plant extracts, collagen, natural moisturizing ingredients, moisturizing agents, keratin softening agents, anti-inflammatory agents and the like described in Japanese Patent No. 4084278 can be used.
前記血球凝集剤組成物に占めるカチオン性ポリマーの割合は、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが一層好ましい。また、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、10質量%以下であることが一層好ましい。前記血球凝集剤組成物に占めるカチオン性ポリマーの割合をこの範囲内に設定することで、吸収性物品に有効量のカチオン性ポリマーを付与することができる。
The proportion of the cationic polymer in the hemagglutinating agent composition is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass or more. Further, it is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 10% by mass or less. By setting the proportion of the cationic polymer in the hemagglutinating agent composition within this range, an effective amount of the cationic polymer can be imparted to the absorbent article.
以上、本発明について説明したが、本発明は前述した実施形態に制限されず、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で適宜変更可能である。例えば、肌側コアラップシート等の下方部材における吸収性コアと重なる部分の全域に血球凝集剤を配するのに代えて、肌側コアラップシート等の下方部材における吸収性コアと重なる部分の一部に任意のパターンで血球凝集剤を部分的に配することも好ましい。
As mentioned above, although this invention was demonstrated, this invention is not restrict | limited to embodiment mentioned above, In the range which does not deviate from the meaning of this invention, it can change suitably. For example, instead of disposing a hemagglutinating agent over the entire area of the lower member such as the skin-side core wrap sheet that overlaps the absorbent core, one of the portions of the lower member such as the skin-side core wrap sheet that overlaps the absorbent core. It is also preferable to partially dispose the hemagglutinating agent in an arbitrary pattern in the part.
また、血球凝集剤を含有させる下方部材は、肌側コアラップシート以外の部材、例えば吸収性コア又は非肌側コアラップシートであっても良く、また、血球凝集剤を2以上の下方部材に含有させても良い。例えば、肌側コアラップシート、吸収性コア及び非肌側コアラップシートのうちの任意の2つ以上であっても良く、肌側コアラップシート、吸収性コア及び非肌側コアラップシートの全部に亘るように血球凝集剤を配することもできる。
Further, the lower member containing the hemagglutinating agent may be a member other than the skin-side core wrap sheet, for example, an absorbent core or a non-skin-side core wrap sheet, and the hemagglutinating agent may be divided into two or more lower members. It may be included. For example, it may be any two or more of the skin-side core wrap sheet, the absorbent core, and the non-skin-side core wrap sheet, and all of the skin-side core wrap sheet, the absorbent core, and the non-skin-side core wrap sheet It is also possible to arrange a hemagglutinating agent over the range.
また、吸収性コア41は、厚みが平面方向の全域に亘って均一であるものに限定されず、例えば、平面方向の一部、例えば、排泄部対向部Bの中央部分等に、着用者の肌側に向かって隆起する隆起部を形成することもできる。斯かる隆起部は、例えば、吸収性コア41の一部に、パルプ繊維等の構成材料の坪量を部分的に増やして形成することができる。
Further, the absorbent core 41 is not limited to the one having a uniform thickness over the entire area in the plane direction. For example, a part of the plane direction, for example, a central part of the excretory part facing part B, etc. A raised portion that protrudes toward the skin side can also be formed. Such a raised portion can be formed, for example, on a part of the absorbent core 41 by partially increasing the basis weight of a constituent material such as pulp fiber.
また、環状の防漏溝8とは別に、本発明の吸収性物品は、表面シートから形成された肌対向面に、エンボス加工等の圧縮加工により、表面シート2が吸収体4内に陥入した任意の形状を有する凹部を有することが好ましい。斯かる凹部は、相互に離間させて複数設けることが好ましい。斯かる凹部を有すると、経血の吸収体への引き込み性が向上する。凹部の平面視形状は、小円形、星形、正方形、六角形等の任意の形状とすることができる。
また吸収性物品は、サイド防漏シート及びそれによる防漏機構を有しないものであっても良く、またウイング部を有しないものであっても良く、また防漏溝を有しないものであっても良い。また、また、本発明の吸収性物品は、生理用ナプキンの他、パンティーライナー(おりものシート)等であってもよい。 In addition to the annular leak-proof groove 8, the absorbent article of the present invention has the topsheet 2 indented into the absorbent body 4 by compression processing such as embossing on the skin facing surface formed from the topsheet. It is preferable to have a recess having an arbitrary shape. It is preferable to provide a plurality of such recesses spaced apart from each other. Having such a recess improves the drawability of menstrual blood into the absorber. The planar view shape of the recess can be any shape such as a small circle, a star, a square, a hexagon, and the like.
The absorbent article may not have a side leak-proof sheet and a leak-proof mechanism thereby, may not have a wing portion, and does not have a leak-proof groove. Also good. Further, the absorbent article of the present invention may be a panty liner (clay sheet) other than a sanitary napkin.
また吸収性物品は、サイド防漏シート及びそれによる防漏機構を有しないものであっても良く、またウイング部を有しないものであっても良く、また防漏溝を有しないものであっても良い。また、また、本発明の吸収性物品は、生理用ナプキンの他、パンティーライナー(おりものシート)等であってもよい。 In addition to the annular leak-
The absorbent article may not have a side leak-proof sheet and a leak-proof mechanism thereby, may not have a wing portion, and does not have a leak-proof groove. Also good. Further, the absorbent article of the present invention may be a panty liner (clay sheet) other than a sanitary napkin.
上述した本発明の実施形態に関し、本発明は更に以下の吸収性物品を開示する。
<1>
肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配されている吸収体を備え、着用者の前後方向に沿う縦方向及び該縦方向に直交する横方向を有する経血吸収用の吸収性物品であって、前記表面シートは、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなり、前記表面シートの非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シートに近い位置に配された下方部材に血球凝集剤が含まれている、吸収性物品。
<2>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側の前記凹凸の凹部近辺の繊維密度が凸部の頂部の繊維密度より高い、前記<1>に記載の吸収性物品。
<3>
前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において前記凹凸の凸部が散点状に配置されている、前記<1>又は<2>に記載の吸収性物品。
<4>
前記凹凸不織布が、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記下層の繊維密度が前記上層の繊維密度よりも高い、前記<1>~<3>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<5>
前記凹凸不織布の肌対向面側の前記凹凸の凸部は内部が中実である、前記<1>~<4>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 In relation to the embodiment of the present invention described above, the present invention further discloses the following absorbent article.
<1>
A liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorber disposed between both sheets, and a longitudinal direction and a longitudinal direction along the front-rear direction of the wearer An absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption having a transverse direction orthogonal to the surface sheet, wherein the top sheet is made of a concavo-convex nonwoven having at least unevenness on the skin facing surface side, and the back surface is more than the non-skin facing surface of the top sheet. An absorptive article, wherein a hemagglutinating agent is contained in a lower member disposed at a position close to the sheet.
<2>
The said uneven nonwoven fabric is an absorbent article as described in said <1> whose fiber density near the recessed part of the said unevenness | corrugation at the skin opposing surface side is higher than the fiber density of the top part of a convex part.
<3>
The said uneven nonwoven fabric is an absorbent article as described in said <1> or <2> in which the convex part of the said unevenness | corrugation is arrange | positioned in the shape of a dot in planar view.
<4>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the fiber density of the lower layer is higher than the fiber density of the upper layer, < The absorbent article according to any one of 1> to <3>.
<5>
The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <1> to <4>, wherein the concave-convex convex portion on the skin facing surface side of the concave-convex nonwoven fabric is solid inside.
<1>
肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配されている吸収体を備え、着用者の前後方向に沿う縦方向及び該縦方向に直交する横方向を有する経血吸収用の吸収性物品であって、前記表面シートは、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなり、前記表面シートの非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シートに近い位置に配された下方部材に血球凝集剤が含まれている、吸収性物品。
<2>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側の前記凹凸の凹部近辺の繊維密度が凸部の頂部の繊維密度より高い、前記<1>に記載の吸収性物品。
<3>
前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において前記凹凸の凸部が散点状に配置されている、前記<1>又は<2>に記載の吸収性物品。
<4>
前記凹凸不織布が、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記下層の繊維密度が前記上層の繊維密度よりも高い、前記<1>~<3>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<5>
前記凹凸不織布の肌対向面側の前記凹凸の凸部は内部が中実である、前記<1>~<4>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 In relation to the embodiment of the present invention described above, the present invention further discloses the following absorbent article.
<1>
A liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorber disposed between both sheets, and a longitudinal direction and a longitudinal direction along the front-rear direction of the wearer An absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption having a transverse direction orthogonal to the surface sheet, wherein the top sheet is made of a concavo-convex nonwoven having at least unevenness on the skin facing surface side, and the back surface is more than the non-skin facing surface of the top sheet. An absorptive article, wherein a hemagglutinating agent is contained in a lower member disposed at a position close to the sheet.
<2>
The said uneven nonwoven fabric is an absorbent article as described in said <1> whose fiber density near the recessed part of the said unevenness | corrugation at the skin opposing surface side is higher than the fiber density of the top part of a convex part.
<3>
The said uneven nonwoven fabric is an absorbent article as described in said <1> or <2> in which the convex part of the said unevenness | corrugation is arrange | positioned in the shape of a dot in planar view.
<4>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the fiber density of the lower layer is higher than the fiber density of the upper layer, < The absorbent article according to any one of 1> to <3>.
<5>
The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <1> to <4>, wherein the concave-convex convex portion on the skin facing surface side of the concave-convex nonwoven fabric is solid inside.
<6>
前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において前記凹凸の凸部の頂部間の距離が0.5mm以上10.0mm以下である、<1>~<5>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<7>
前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において、前記凹凸の凹部の幅が0.2mm以上3.0mm以下である、<1>~<6>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<8>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層は、熱伸長性繊維を用いて形成され、該熱伸長性繊維どうしの交点が接合された繊維接合部を有し、前記下層は、熱伸長性繊維を含まないか又は熱伸長性繊維を前記上層より低い割合で含んで形成されている、前記<1>~<7>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<9>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層と前記下層との界面が、互いに接合された固着部と、前記上層と前記下層とが剥離可能に積層された非固着部とを有している、前記<1>~<8>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<10>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径と前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が略同一であるか、又は前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径よりも前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が大きい、前記<1>~<9>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <6>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a distance between the tops of the uneven protrusions of 0.5 to 10.0 mm in plan view.
<7>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a width of the recesses of the unevenness of 0.2 mm to 3.0 mm in plan view.
<8>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the upper layer is formed using heat-extensible fibers, and the heat stretching <1, wherein the lower layer has no fiber that is bonded to heat or has a lower proportion than the upper layer. The absorbent article according to any one of> to <7>.
<9>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an interface between the upper layer and the lower layer is bonded to each other. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the absorbent article has a non-adhered portion in which the upper layer and the lower layer are detachably laminated.
<10>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer The absorptivity according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the average diameter is substantially the same, or the average diameter of the fibers constituting the lower layer is larger than the average diameter of the fibers constituting the upper layer Goods.
前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において前記凹凸の凸部の頂部間の距離が0.5mm以上10.0mm以下である、<1>~<5>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<7>
前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において、前記凹凸の凹部の幅が0.2mm以上3.0mm以下である、<1>~<6>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<8>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層は、熱伸長性繊維を用いて形成され、該熱伸長性繊維どうしの交点が接合された繊維接合部を有し、前記下層は、熱伸長性繊維を含まないか又は熱伸長性繊維を前記上層より低い割合で含んで形成されている、前記<1>~<7>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<9>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層と前記下層との界面が、互いに接合された固着部と、前記上層と前記下層とが剥離可能に積層された非固着部とを有している、前記<1>~<8>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<10>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径と前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が略同一であるか、又は前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径よりも前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が大きい、前記<1>~<9>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <6>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a distance between the tops of the uneven protrusions of 0.5 to 10.0 mm in plan view.
<7>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a width of the recesses of the unevenness of 0.2 mm to 3.0 mm in plan view.
<8>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the upper layer is formed using heat-extensible fibers, and the heat stretching <1, wherein the lower layer has no fiber that is bonded to heat or has a lower proportion than the upper layer. The absorbent article according to any one of> to <7>.
<9>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an interface between the upper layer and the lower layer is bonded to each other. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the absorbent article has a non-adhered portion in which the upper layer and the lower layer are detachably laminated.
<10>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer The absorptivity according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the average diameter is substantially the same, or the average diameter of the fibers constituting the lower layer is larger than the average diameter of the fibers constituting the upper layer Goods.
<11>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層の繊維間距離が前記下層の繊維間距離よりも大きい、前記<1>~<10>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<12>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層の繊維間距離と、前記下層の繊維間距離との差(前者-後者)が、0μm以上50μm以下である、前記<1>~<11>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<13>
前記凹凸不織布は、平均繊維径が、10μm以上30μm以下である、前記<1>~<12>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<14>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径と、前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径との比(前者/後者)が、0.9~1.1である、前記<1>~<13>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<15>
前記吸収性物品は、肌対向面において、前記横方向における排泄スポット部を挟む両側それぞれに、前記縦方向に延びる一対の側方防漏溝を有している、前記<1>~<14>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <11>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer is greater than the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <10>.
<12>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the difference between the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer and the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein (the former-the latter) is 0 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
<13>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has an average fiber diameter of 10 μm to 30 μm.
<14>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the ratio of the average diameter to the average diameter (the former / the latter) is 0.9 to 1.1.
<15>
<1> to <14>, wherein the absorbent article has a pair of side leakage grooves extending in the vertical direction on both sides of the skin-facing surface across the excretion spot portion in the horizontal direction. The absorbent article according to any one of 1.
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層の繊維間距離が前記下層の繊維間距離よりも大きい、前記<1>~<10>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<12>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層の繊維間距離と、前記下層の繊維間距離との差(前者-後者)が、0μm以上50μm以下である、前記<1>~<11>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<13>
前記凹凸不織布は、平均繊維径が、10μm以上30μm以下である、前記<1>~<12>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<14>
前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径と、前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径との比(前者/後者)が、0.9~1.1である、前記<1>~<13>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<15>
前記吸収性物品は、肌対向面において、前記横方向における排泄スポット部を挟む両側それぞれに、前記縦方向に延びる一対の側方防漏溝を有している、前記<1>~<14>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <11>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer is greater than the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <10>.
<12>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the difference between the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer and the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein (the former-the latter) is 0 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
<13>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has an average fiber diameter of 10 μm to 30 μm.
<14>
The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the ratio of the average diameter to the average diameter (the former / the latter) is 0.9 to 1.1.
<15>
<1> to <14>, wherein the absorbent article has a pair of side leakage grooves extending in the vertical direction on both sides of the skin-facing surface across the excretion spot portion in the horizontal direction. The absorbent article according to any one of 1.
<16>
前記吸収性物品は、肌対向面において、前記横方向における排泄スポット部を囲む環状防漏溝を有している、前記<1>~<15>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<17>
前記防漏溝は、前記表面シートおよび前記吸収体を前記裏面シート側に向って一体にエンボス加工により形成されたものである、前記<15>又は<16>に記載の吸収性物品。
<18>
前記防漏溝は、加熱及び加圧を伴うエンボス加工を施すことにより形成されたものである、前記<17>に記載の吸収性物品。
<19>
前記吸収性物品は外縁部全周が接合された状態となっている、前記<1>~<18>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<20>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアと該吸収性コアの肌対向面側を覆うコアラップとを備えており、該吸収性コアは一体成形により形成されている、前記<1>~<19>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <16>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <15>, wherein the absorbent article has an annular leak-proof groove surrounding the excretion spot portion in the lateral direction on the skin facing surface.
<17>
The absorbent article according to <15> or <16>, wherein the leakage prevention groove is formed by embossing the top sheet and the absorbent body integrally toward the back sheet side.
<18>
The said leak-proof groove | channel is an absorbent article as described in said <17> formed by giving the embossing accompanying a heating and pressurization.
<19>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <18>, wherein the absorbent article is in a state where the entire outer edge portion is joined.
<20>
The absorbent body includes an absorbent core and a core wrap that covers the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent core, and the absorbent core is formed by integral molding, any one of <1> to <19> 2. The absorbent article according to 1.
前記吸収性物品は、肌対向面において、前記横方向における排泄スポット部を囲む環状防漏溝を有している、前記<1>~<15>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<17>
前記防漏溝は、前記表面シートおよび前記吸収体を前記裏面シート側に向って一体にエンボス加工により形成されたものである、前記<15>又は<16>に記載の吸収性物品。
<18>
前記防漏溝は、加熱及び加圧を伴うエンボス加工を施すことにより形成されたものである、前記<17>に記載の吸収性物品。
<19>
前記吸収性物品は外縁部全周が接合された状態となっている、前記<1>~<18>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<20>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアと該吸収性コアの肌対向面側を覆うコアラップとを備えており、該吸収性コアは一体成形により形成されている、前記<1>~<19>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <16>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <15>, wherein the absorbent article has an annular leak-proof groove surrounding the excretion spot portion in the lateral direction on the skin facing surface.
<17>
The absorbent article according to <15> or <16>, wherein the leakage prevention groove is formed by embossing the top sheet and the absorbent body integrally toward the back sheet side.
<18>
The said leak-proof groove | channel is an absorbent article as described in said <17> formed by giving the embossing accompanying a heating and pressurization.
<19>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <18>, wherein the absorbent article is in a state where the entire outer edge portion is joined.
<20>
The absorbent body includes an absorbent core and a core wrap that covers the skin-facing surface side of the absorbent core, and the absorbent core is formed by integral molding, any one of <1> to <19> 2. The absorbent article according to 1.
<21>
前記凹凸不織布は厚み方向又は平面方向における全体又は一部が親水性である、前記<1>~<20>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<22>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアは高吸収性ポリマーを含有する、前記<1>~<21>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<23>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアには消臭剤が配合されている、前記<1>~<22>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<24>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアには抗菌剤が配合されている、前記<1>~<23>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<25>
前記吸収性物品の前記縦方向の中間部(排泄部対向部)における前記横方向両側部に一対のウイング部を備えている、前記<1>~<24>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <21>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <20>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric is hydrophilic in whole or in part in a thickness direction or a planar direction.
<22>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <21>, wherein the absorbent includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains a superabsorbent polymer.
<23>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <22>, wherein the absorbent includes an absorbent core, and a deodorant is blended in the absorbent core.
<24>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <23>, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains an antibacterial agent.
<25>
The absorptivity according to any one of <1> to <24>, wherein the absorbent article includes a pair of wing portions on both lateral sides in the longitudinal intermediate portion (excretion portion facing portion) of the absorbent article. Goods.
前記凹凸不織布は厚み方向又は平面方向における全体又は一部が親水性である、前記<1>~<20>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<22>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアは高吸収性ポリマーを含有する、前記<1>~<21>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<23>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアには消臭剤が配合されている、前記<1>~<22>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<24>
前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアには抗菌剤が配合されている、前記<1>~<23>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<25>
前記吸収性物品の前記縦方向の中間部(排泄部対向部)における前記横方向両側部に一対のウイング部を備えている、前記<1>~<24>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <21>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <20>, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric is hydrophilic in whole or in part in a thickness direction or a planar direction.
<22>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <21>, wherein the absorbent includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains a superabsorbent polymer.
<23>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <22>, wherein the absorbent includes an absorbent core, and a deodorant is blended in the absorbent core.
<24>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <23>, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains an antibacterial agent.
<25>
The absorptivity according to any one of <1> to <24>, wherein the absorbent article includes a pair of wing portions on both lateral sides in the longitudinal intermediate portion (excretion portion facing portion) of the absorbent article. Goods.
<26>
前記吸収性物品の前記表面シートの前記縦方向(前後方向)に沿う左右両側には、前記表面シートに接合されていない自由端と、前記表面シートに接合された固定端とを有するサイド防漏シートが配されている、前記<1>~<25>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<27>
前記吸収性物品の前記裏面シートの下着に接する部分には粘着剤が部分的に施された状態となっている、前記<1>~<26>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<28>
肌対向面側に配された液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面側に配された液不透過性の裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配された吸収体を備えた経血吸収用の吸収性物品であって、前記吸収体は、パルプ繊維を含む吸収性コアと該吸収性コアを被覆するコアラップシートとを有し、前記吸収性コアの肌対向面側を被覆する前記コアラップシートに、水溶性のカチオン性ポリマーが、該コアラップシートの空孔部を埋めた状態に保持されており、前記コアラップシートを水分が透過する際に、前記カチオン性ポリマーが溶解して、前記空孔部内の空隙が増大するようになされている、吸収性物品。
<29>
前記カチオン性ポリマーが、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物又は第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物である、前記<28>に記載の吸収性物品。
<30>
前記カチオン性ポリマーは、分子量が1万以上2200万以下、流動電位が1500μeq/L以上13000μeq以下、及び無機性値/有機性値が0.6以上4.6以下である前記<29>に記載の吸収性物品。
<31>
前記吸収体が、吸収性コアとこれを被覆するコアラップシートとを有しており、該吸収性コアの肌対向面を覆う該コアラップシートが前記下方部材である前記<1>~<30>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <26>
Side leakage prevention having a free end not joined to the topsheet and a fixed end joined to the topsheet on both left and right sides of the topsheet of the absorbent article along the longitudinal direction (front-rear direction) The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <25>, wherein a sheet is disposed.
<27>
The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <1> to <26>, wherein a pressure-sensitive adhesive is partially applied to a portion of the absorbent article that contacts the undergarment of the back sheet.
<28>
A liquid-permeable top sheet disposed on the skin facing surface side, a liquid-impermeable back sheet disposed on the non-skin facing surface side, and an absorbent disposed between these sheets An absorbent article, wherein the absorbent body has an absorbent core containing pulp fibers and a core wrap sheet that covers the absorbent core, and the core wrap covers the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core. In the sheet, the water-soluble cationic polymer is held in a state where the pores of the core wrap sheet are filled, and when the moisture permeates the core wrap sheet, the cationic polymer is dissolved, An absorptive article in which voids in the pores are increased.
<29>
The absorbent article according to <28>, wherein the cationic polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate.
<30>
The cationic polymer has a molecular weight of 10,000 or more and 22 million or less, a streaming potential of 1500 μeq / L or more and 13000 μeq or less, and an inorganic value / organic value of 0.6 or more and 4.6 or less as described in <29>. Absorbent articles.
<31>
<1> to <30, wherein the absorbent body has an absorbent core and a core wrap sheet covering the absorbent core, and the core wrap sheet covering the skin facing surface of the absorbent core is the lower member. > Any one of>.
前記吸収性物品の前記表面シートの前記縦方向(前後方向)に沿う左右両側には、前記表面シートに接合されていない自由端と、前記表面シートに接合された固定端とを有するサイド防漏シートが配されている、前記<1>~<25>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<27>
前記吸収性物品の前記裏面シートの下着に接する部分には粘着剤が部分的に施された状態となっている、前記<1>~<26>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<28>
肌対向面側に配された液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面側に配された液不透過性の裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配された吸収体を備えた経血吸収用の吸収性物品であって、前記吸収体は、パルプ繊維を含む吸収性コアと該吸収性コアを被覆するコアラップシートとを有し、前記吸収性コアの肌対向面側を被覆する前記コアラップシートに、水溶性のカチオン性ポリマーが、該コアラップシートの空孔部を埋めた状態に保持されており、前記コアラップシートを水分が透過する際に、前記カチオン性ポリマーが溶解して、前記空孔部内の空隙が増大するようになされている、吸収性物品。
<29>
前記カチオン性ポリマーが、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物又は第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物である、前記<28>に記載の吸収性物品。
<30>
前記カチオン性ポリマーは、分子量が1万以上2200万以下、流動電位が1500μeq/L以上13000μeq以下、及び無機性値/有機性値が0.6以上4.6以下である前記<29>に記載の吸収性物品。
<31>
前記吸収体が、吸収性コアとこれを被覆するコアラップシートとを有しており、該吸収性コアの肌対向面を覆う該コアラップシートが前記下方部材である前記<1>~<30>の何れか1に記載の吸収性物品。 <26>
Side leakage prevention having a free end not joined to the topsheet and a fixed end joined to the topsheet on both left and right sides of the topsheet of the absorbent article along the longitudinal direction (front-rear direction) The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <25>, wherein a sheet is disposed.
<27>
The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <1> to <26>, wherein a pressure-sensitive adhesive is partially applied to a portion of the absorbent article that contacts the undergarment of the back sheet.
<28>
A liquid-permeable top sheet disposed on the skin facing surface side, a liquid-impermeable back sheet disposed on the non-skin facing surface side, and an absorbent disposed between these sheets An absorbent article, wherein the absorbent body has an absorbent core containing pulp fibers and a core wrap sheet that covers the absorbent core, and the core wrap covers the skin facing surface side of the absorbent core. In the sheet, the water-soluble cationic polymer is held in a state where the pores of the core wrap sheet are filled, and when the moisture permeates the core wrap sheet, the cationic polymer is dissolved, An absorptive article in which voids in the pores are increased.
<29>
The absorbent article according to <28>, wherein the cationic polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer, or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate.
<30>
The cationic polymer has a molecular weight of 10,000 or more and 22 million or less, a streaming potential of 1500 μeq / L or more and 13000 μeq or less, and an inorganic value / organic value of 0.6 or more and 4.6 or less as described in <29>. Absorbent articles.
<31>
<1> to <30, wherein the absorbent body has an absorbent core and a core wrap sheet covering the absorbent core, and the core wrap sheet covering the skin facing surface of the absorbent core is the lower member. > Any one of>.
以下、本発明を実施例により更に詳細に説明する。しかしながら本発明の範囲はかかる実施例によって何ら制限されるものではない。
〔実施例1〕
図1及び図2に示す生理用ナプキンと同様の構成を有する生理用ナプキンを常法に従って作製した。表面シートとしては、下記の凹凸不織布Aを用い、裏面シートとしては非透湿性の樹脂フィルムを用いた。
凹凸不織布A:原料となる熱伸長性繊維を、本出願人の先の出願に係る特開2005-350836号公報の実施例の記載に従い製造した。具体的には、第1樹脂成分としてのポリプロピレン及び第2樹脂成分としての高密度ポリエチレンを原料として用い高速溶融紡糸を行い、同心タイプの芯鞘型熱伸長性繊維を得た。第1樹脂成分と第2樹脂成分との重量比は50:50であった。得られた繊維を繊維長51mmの短繊維とし、この短繊維に二次元の機械捲縮を施した。この繊維の熱伸長率は11.2%、捲縮率は11.8、第1樹脂成分の融点は163℃、第2樹脂成分の融点は128℃であった。紡糸条件は以下のとおりである。
・口金温度:250℃
・紡糸速度2000m/min
・繊維径:3.8dtex
・延伸:なし Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. However, the scope of the present invention is not limited by the examples.
[Example 1]
A sanitary napkin having the same configuration as the sanitary napkin shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 was produced according to a conventional method. The following uneven nonwoven fabric A was used as the top sheet, and a moisture-impermeable resin film was used as the back sheet.
Convex and concave nonwoven fabric A: A heat-extensible fiber as a raw material was produced in accordance with the description in Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-350836 related to the applicant's previous application. Specifically, high-speed melt spinning was performed using polypropylene as the first resin component and high-density polyethylene as the second resin component as raw materials to obtain concentric core-sheath type heat-extensible fibers. The weight ratio of the first resin component to the second resin component was 50:50. The obtained fiber was a short fiber having a fiber length of 51 mm, and the short fiber was subjected to two-dimensional mechanical crimping. This fiber had a thermal elongation rate of 11.2%, a crimp rate of 11.8, a melting point of the first resin component of 163 ° C., and a melting point of the second resin component of 128 ° C. The spinning conditions are as follows.
・ Base temperature: 250 ℃
・ Spinning speed 2000m / min
-Fiber diameter: 3.8 dtex
・ Extension: None
〔実施例1〕
図1及び図2に示す生理用ナプキンと同様の構成を有する生理用ナプキンを常法に従って作製した。表面シートとしては、下記の凹凸不織布Aを用い、裏面シートとしては非透湿性の樹脂フィルムを用いた。
凹凸不織布A:原料となる熱伸長性繊維を、本出願人の先の出願に係る特開2005-350836号公報の実施例の記載に従い製造した。具体的には、第1樹脂成分としてのポリプロピレン及び第2樹脂成分としての高密度ポリエチレンを原料として用い高速溶融紡糸を行い、同心タイプの芯鞘型熱伸長性繊維を得た。第1樹脂成分と第2樹脂成分との重量比は50:50であった。得られた繊維を繊維長51mmの短繊維とし、この短繊維に二次元の機械捲縮を施した。この繊維の熱伸長率は11.2%、捲縮率は11.8、第1樹脂成分の融点は163℃、第2樹脂成分の融点は128℃であった。紡糸条件は以下のとおりである。
・口金温度:250℃
・紡糸速度2000m/min
・繊維径:3.8dtex
・延伸:なし Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. However, the scope of the present invention is not limited by the examples.
[Example 1]
A sanitary napkin having the same configuration as the sanitary napkin shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 was produced according to a conventional method. The following uneven nonwoven fabric A was used as the top sheet, and a moisture-impermeable resin film was used as the back sheet.
Convex and concave nonwoven fabric A: A heat-extensible fiber as a raw material was produced in accordance with the description in Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-350836 related to the applicant's previous application. Specifically, high-speed melt spinning was performed using polypropylene as the first resin component and high-density polyethylene as the second resin component as raw materials to obtain concentric core-sheath type heat-extensible fibers. The weight ratio of the first resin component to the second resin component was 50:50. The obtained fiber was a short fiber having a fiber length of 51 mm, and the short fiber was subjected to two-dimensional mechanical crimping. This fiber had a thermal elongation rate of 11.2%, a crimp rate of 11.8, a melting point of the first resin component of 163 ° C., and a melting point of the second resin component of 128 ° C. The spinning conditions are as follows.
・ Base temperature: 250 ℃
・ Spinning speed 2000m / min
-Fiber diameter: 3.8 dtex
・ Extension: None
得られた熱伸長繊維を原料として用い、これをカード機に供給して坪量30g/m2のカードウエブを製造した。このカードウエブを、エンボス装置を用いてエンボス加工し、エンボスシートを得た。エンボス装置におけるエンボスロールは、凹部が菱形格子状のパターンとなっており、凸部が菱形の形状をしているものであった。凹部の個々の面積は0.52cm2であり、凹部の機械方向の長さPmに対する幅方向の長さPcの比(Pc/Pm)は0.62であった。エンボス装置におけるエンボスロール24の加熱温度は120℃、平滑ロールの加熱温度は120℃であった。線圧は9.8MPa/cmであった。エンボスロールにおける凹部の表面は微細な凹凸加工が施されており、この表面粗さRaは50μmであった。またエンボスロールにおける凹凸部間の深さは1.0mmであった。次に、エンボスシートに熱風を吹き付けてエアスルー方式の熱処理をした。熱風の温度は136℃であった。熱風は、エンボス加工を施した面(つまり、エンボスロールが当接した面)に吹き付けた。このようにして図5及び図6に示す形態の凹凸不織布A(坪量30g/m2)を得た。
The obtained heat stretched fiber was used as a raw material, which was supplied to a card machine to produce a card web having a basis weight of 30 g / m 2 . The card web was embossed using an embossing device to obtain an embossed sheet. In the embossing roll in the embossing apparatus, the concave portions have a rhombic lattice pattern, and the convex portions have a rhombus shape. The area of each recess was 0.52 cm 2 , and the ratio of the length Pc in the width direction to the length Pm in the machine direction of the recess (Pc / Pm) was 0.62. The heating temperature of the embossing roll 24 in the embossing apparatus was 120 ° C., and the heating temperature of the smooth roll was 120 ° C. The linear pressure was 9.8 MPa / cm. The surface of the concave portion in the embossing roll was subjected to fine uneven processing, and the surface roughness Ra was 50 μm. Moreover, the depth between the uneven | corrugated | grooved parts in an embossing roll was 1.0 mm. Next, hot air was blown onto the embossed sheet to perform air-through heat treatment. The temperature of the hot air was 136 ° C. The hot air was blown onto the embossed surface (that is, the surface on which the embossing roll contacted). In this way, an uneven nonwoven fabric A (basis weight 30 g / m 2 ) having the form shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 was obtained.
凹凸不織布Aは多数の凸部25が存在する面がナプキンの肌対向面側に位置するように用いた。凹凸不織布Aは、肌対向面側の凹凸の凹部近辺の繊維密度が、凸部の頂部の繊維密度より高いものであった。吸収性コアは坪量300g/m2であり、高吸収性ポリマーの坪量が56g/m2、高吸収性ポリマーとしては日本触媒社製のアクアリックCAを用いた。製品厚みは4.2mmとし、厚み調整のために吸収体4を適宜圧縮した。吸収性コアを被覆するコアラップシートとしては、坪量が16g/m2、厚みが0.3mmの薄紙(ティッシュペーパ)を用いた。
The uneven nonwoven fabric A was used so that the surface on which many convex portions 25 exist was located on the skin facing surface side of the napkin. In the uneven nonwoven fabric A, the fiber density near the concave portion of the concave portion on the skin facing surface side was higher than the fiber density of the top portion of the convex portion. The absorbent core had a basis weight of 300 g / m 2 , the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer was 56 g / m 2 , and AQUALIC CA manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. was used as the superabsorbent polymer. The product thickness was 4.2 mm, and the absorber 4 was appropriately compressed for thickness adjustment. As the core wrap sheet for covering the absorbent core, a thin paper (tissue paper) having a basis weight of 16 g / m 2 and a thickness of 0.3 mm was used.
コアラップシートの全域に、下記処方の血球凝集剤5.00gを、100gのイオン交換水に溶解した溶液をコアラップシートへ120g/m2の坪量となるよう浸漬させた後、乾燥機にて60℃環境下で24時間放置させることで乾燥させ、乾燥後のコアラップシートに含有する血球凝集剤が6g/m2となったものを用いた。血球凝集剤に含有されるカチオン性ポリマーとしては、水溶性の第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマーであるポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(日本ルーブリゾール社製の商品名マーコート100(重量平均分子量:15万)を用いた。
〔血球凝集剤の処方〕
マーコート100を乾燥して得られたポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(重量平均分子量:15万、流動電位:7488μeq/L) A solution obtained by dissolving 5.00 g of the hemagglutinating agent having the following formulation in 100 g of ion-exchanged water over the entire area of the core wrap sheet is immersed in the core wrap sheet so as to have a basis weight of 120 g / m 2 , and then placed in a dryer. Then, it was dried by allowing it to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C., and the hemagglutinating agent contained in the dried core wrap sheet was 6 g / m 2 . As the cationic polymer contained in the hemagglutinating agent, polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride which is a water-soluble quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer (trade name Marcoat 100 (weight average molecular weight: 150,000) manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.) Using.
[Prescription of hemagglutinating agent]
Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying the marcoat 100 (weight average molecular weight: 150,000, streaming potential: 7488 μeq / L)
〔血球凝集剤の処方〕
マーコート100を乾燥して得られたポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(重量平均分子量:15万、流動電位:7488μeq/L) A solution obtained by dissolving 5.00 g of the hemagglutinating agent having the following formulation in 100 g of ion-exchanged water over the entire area of the core wrap sheet is immersed in the core wrap sheet so as to have a basis weight of 120 g / m 2 , and then placed in a dryer. Then, it was dried by allowing it to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C., and the hemagglutinating agent contained in the dried core wrap sheet was 6 g / m 2 . As the cationic polymer contained in the hemagglutinating agent, polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride which is a water-soluble quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer (trade name Marcoat 100 (weight average molecular weight: 150,000) manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.) Using.
[Prescription of hemagglutinating agent]
Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying the marcoat 100 (weight average molecular weight: 150,000, streaming potential: 7488 μeq / L)
〔比較例1〕
コアラップシートに血球凝集剤を塗布しなかった以外は、実施例1と同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製し、これを比較例1のサンプルとした。 [Comparative Example 1]
A sanitary napkin was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the hemagglutinating agent was not applied to the core wrap sheet, and this was used as a sample of Comparative Example 1.
コアラップシートに血球凝集剤を塗布しなかった以外は、実施例1と同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製し、これを比較例1のサンプルとした。 [Comparative Example 1]
A sanitary napkin was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the hemagglutinating agent was not applied to the core wrap sheet, and this was used as a sample of Comparative Example 1.
〔比較例2〕
表面シートとして、下記の不織布Fを用いる以外は、実施例1と同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製し、これを比較例2のサンプルとした。
不織布F:繊維径3.3dtexで繊維長51mmの合成繊維(芯がポリエチレンテレフタレート、鞘がポリエチレンからなる親水化処理された芯鞘型複合繊維)であり、坪量25g/m2、厚み0.5mmのエアスルー不織布を後加工をせず用いた。この不織布Fは、肌対向面及び非肌対向面のいずれにも凹凸を有しないフラットな不織布である。 [Comparative Example 2]
A sanitary napkin was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the following non-woven fabric F was used as the top sheet, and this was used as a sample of Comparative Example 2.
Non-woven fabric F: synthetic fiber (core-sheath type composite fiber with a core made of polyethylene terephthalate and a sheath made of polyethylene) having a fiber diameter of 3.3 dtex, a basis weight of 25 g / m 2 , and a thickness of 0. A 5 mm air-through nonwoven was used without post-processing. This non-woven fabric F is a flat non-woven fabric having no irregularities on both the skin facing surface and the non-skin facing surface.
表面シートとして、下記の不織布Fを用いる以外は、実施例1と同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製し、これを比較例2のサンプルとした。
不織布F:繊維径3.3dtexで繊維長51mmの合成繊維(芯がポリエチレンテレフタレート、鞘がポリエチレンからなる親水化処理された芯鞘型複合繊維)であり、坪量25g/m2、厚み0.5mmのエアスルー不織布を後加工をせず用いた。この不織布Fは、肌対向面及び非肌対向面のいずれにも凹凸を有しないフラットな不織布である。 [Comparative Example 2]
A sanitary napkin was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the following non-woven fabric F was used as the top sheet, and this was used as a sample of Comparative Example 2.
Non-woven fabric F: synthetic fiber (core-sheath type composite fiber with a core made of polyethylene terephthalate and a sheath made of polyethylene) having a fiber diameter of 3.3 dtex, a basis weight of 25 g / m 2 , and a thickness of 0. A 5 mm air-through nonwoven was used without post-processing. This non-woven fabric F is a flat non-woven fabric having no irregularities on both the skin facing surface and the non-skin facing surface.
〔評価試験〕
実施例及び比較例の生理用ナプキンについて、下記方法により(1)表面液戻り量及び(2)静的最大吸収量をそれぞれ測定した。結果を表1に示す。
表面液戻り量は、表面への液戻りのし難さ示す指標であり、少ないほど経血や赤血球凝集塊が肌に付着しにくいことを示し、静的最大吸収量は、生理用ナプキンが経血を吸収できる最大量を示す指標であり、静的最大吸収量が大きいほど吸収性能が高いことを示す。なお、擬似血液としては、前述した擬似血液(粘度8mPa・s)を用いた。 〔Evaluation test〕
About the sanitary napkin of an Example and a comparative example, (1) surface liquid return amount and (2) static maximum absorption amount were measured by the following method, respectively. The results are shown in Table 1.
The surface liquid return amount is an index indicating the difficulty of liquid return to the surface, and the smaller the amount, the less the menstrual blood and red blood cell aggregates adhere to the skin. It is an index indicating the maximum amount of blood that can be absorbed. The larger the static maximum absorption amount, the higher the absorption performance. As the simulated blood, the aforementioned simulated blood (viscosity 8 mPa · s) was used.
実施例及び比較例の生理用ナプキンについて、下記方法により(1)表面液戻り量及び(2)静的最大吸収量をそれぞれ測定した。結果を表1に示す。
表面液戻り量は、表面への液戻りのし難さ示す指標であり、少ないほど経血や赤血球凝集塊が肌に付着しにくいことを示し、静的最大吸収量は、生理用ナプキンが経血を吸収できる最大量を示す指標であり、静的最大吸収量が大きいほど吸収性能が高いことを示す。なお、擬似血液としては、前述した擬似血液(粘度8mPa・s)を用いた。 〔Evaluation test〕
About the sanitary napkin of an Example and a comparative example, (1) surface liquid return amount and (2) static maximum absorption amount were measured by the following method, respectively. The results are shown in Table 1.
The surface liquid return amount is an index indicating the difficulty of liquid return to the surface, and the smaller the amount, the less the menstrual blood and red blood cell aggregates adhere to the skin. It is an index indicating the maximum amount of blood that can be absorbed. The larger the static maximum absorption amount, the higher the absorption performance. As the simulated blood, the aforementioned simulated blood (
<表面液戻り量>
生理用ナプキンのサンプルを表面シートが表面側となるようにして水平に置き、底部に直径1cmの注入口が付いた円筒つきアクリル板を重ねて、注入口から擬似血液を6g注入し、注入後1分間その状態を保持した。次に、円筒つきアクリル板を取り除き、表面シートの表面上に、縦6cm×横9.5cmで坪量13g/m2の吸収紙(市販のティッシュペーパー)を16枚重ねて載せた。更にその上に圧力が20×98Pa(20gf/cm2)になるように重りを載せて5秒間加圧した。加圧後、吸収紙を取り出し、加圧前後の紙の重さを測定して差し引くことで、紙に吸収された擬似血液の重量を算出し表面液戻り量(mg)とした。 <Surface liquid return amount>
Place the sanitary napkin sample horizontally with the top sheet facing the top, and place a cylindrical acrylic plate with a 1 cm diameter injection port on the bottom, and inject 6 g of simulated blood from the injection port. The state was maintained for 1 minute. Next, the acrylic plate with a cylinder was removed, and 16 sheets of absorbent paper (commercially available tissue paper) having a length of 6 cm × width of 9.5 cm and a basis weight of 13 g / m 2 were placed on the surface of the top sheet. Further, a weight was placed thereon so that the pressure was 20 × 98 Pa (20 gf / cm 2 ), and pressure was applied for 5 seconds. After pressurization, the absorbent paper was taken out, the weight of the paper before and after pressurization was measured and subtracted, and the weight of the simulated blood absorbed in the paper was calculated and used as the surface liquid return amount (mg).
生理用ナプキンのサンプルを表面シートが表面側となるようにして水平に置き、底部に直径1cmの注入口が付いた円筒つきアクリル板を重ねて、注入口から擬似血液を6g注入し、注入後1分間その状態を保持した。次に、円筒つきアクリル板を取り除き、表面シートの表面上に、縦6cm×横9.5cmで坪量13g/m2の吸収紙(市販のティッシュペーパー)を16枚重ねて載せた。更にその上に圧力が20×98Pa(20gf/cm2)になるように重りを載せて5秒間加圧した。加圧後、吸収紙を取り出し、加圧前後の紙の重さを測定して差し引くことで、紙に吸収された擬似血液の重量を算出し表面液戻り量(mg)とした。 <Surface liquid return amount>
Place the sanitary napkin sample horizontally with the top sheet facing the top, and place a cylindrical acrylic plate with a 1 cm diameter injection port on the bottom, and inject 6 g of simulated blood from the injection port. The state was maintained for 1 minute. Next, the acrylic plate with a cylinder was removed, and 16 sheets of absorbent paper (commercially available tissue paper) having a length of 6 cm × width of 9.5 cm and a basis weight of 13 g / m 2 were placed on the surface of the top sheet. Further, a weight was placed thereon so that the pressure was 20 × 98 Pa (20 gf / cm 2 ), and pressure was applied for 5 seconds. After pressurization, the absorbent paper was taken out, the weight of the paper before and after pressurization was measured and subtracted, and the weight of the simulated blood absorbed in the paper was calculated and used as the surface liquid return amount (mg).
<静的最大吸収量>
生理用ナプキンのサンプルをアクリル板に固定し、液排スポット部より3gの擬似血液を注入し、液注入終了より3分静置させた後、液排泄点に単位平方センチメートル当たり50gとなるよう1分間荷重を加えた。以降、同操作を繰り返し行い、生理用ナプキンのウイング部から液がしみ出した時点で終了し、静的最大吸収量(g)とした。 <Static maximum absorption>
A sanitary napkin sample is fixed on an acrylic plate, 3 g of pseudo blood is injected from the liquid discharge spot, and left to stand for 3 minutes after the liquid injection is completed, and then the liquid excretion point is set to 50 g per unit square centimeter for 1 minute. A load was applied. Thereafter, the same operation was repeated, and when the liquid exuded from the wing portion of the sanitary napkin, the operation was completed, and the static maximum absorption amount (g) was obtained.
生理用ナプキンのサンプルをアクリル板に固定し、液排スポット部より3gの擬似血液を注入し、液注入終了より3分静置させた後、液排泄点に単位平方センチメートル当たり50gとなるよう1分間荷重を加えた。以降、同操作を繰り返し行い、生理用ナプキンのウイング部から液がしみ出した時点で終了し、静的最大吸収量(g)とした。 <Static maximum absorption>
A sanitary napkin sample is fixed on an acrylic plate, 3 g of pseudo blood is injected from the liquid discharge spot, and left to stand for 3 minutes after the liquid injection is completed, and then the liquid excretion point is set to 50 g per unit square centimeter for 1 minute. A load was applied. Thereafter, the same operation was repeated, and when the liquid exuded from the wing portion of the sanitary napkin, the operation was completed, and the static maximum absorption amount (g) was obtained.
表1に示す結果から、実施例1の生理用ナプキン(本発明品)は、表面シートとして凹凸不織布を用いているとともに、下方部材に血球凝集剤を配したことによって、静的最大吸収量が向上してより多くの経血を吸収可能であり、また表面に赤血球凝集塊が戻りにくいことが判る。これに対して、下方部材に血球凝集剤を配していない比較例1の生理用ナプキンは、静的最大吸収量が向上しておらず、ナプキンの吸収性能に対して凝集効果が発揮されていないことが判る。さらに表面液戻り量が多く、装着中に圧力が加わったときに、赤血球の凝集塊が着用者の肌に接触しやすい表面シートの表面に移行し易いことが判る。また、下方部材に血球凝集剤を含ませているが、表面シートとしてフラットな不織布を用いた比較例2の生理用ナプキンは、比較例1に比べ、静的最大吸収量が良好であるものの、表面液戻り量が多く、装着中に圧力が加わったときに、赤血球の凝集塊が着用者の肌に接触しやすい表面シートの表面に移行し易いことが判る。
本発明の吸収性物品によれば、下方部材に血球凝集剤を含ませることと、表面シートとして凹凸不織布を用いることとの両方が、表面への液の移行性とナプキンが経血を吸収できる最大吸収量とを両立させる観点から重要であることが判る。 From the results shown in Table 1, the sanitary napkin (product of the present invention) of Example 1 uses an uneven nonwoven fabric as a surface sheet and has a static maximum absorption amount by arranging a hemagglutinating agent on the lower member. It can be seen that more menstrual blood can be absorbed and the erythrocyte aggregate is less likely to return to the surface. On the other hand, the sanitary napkin of Comparative Example 1 in which no hemagglutinating agent is disposed on the lower member does not improve the static maximum absorption amount, and exhibits an aggregation effect on the absorption performance of the napkin. It turns out that there is no. Furthermore, it can be seen that the amount of surface liquid return is large, and when pressure is applied during wearing, the agglomerates of erythrocytes easily migrate to the surface of the surface sheet that easily comes into contact with the wearer's skin. Moreover, although the hemagglutinating agent is included in the lower member, the sanitary napkin of Comparative Example 2 using a flat nonwoven fabric as the top sheet has a better static maximum absorption than Comparative Example 1, It can be seen that the amount of surface liquid return is large, and when pressure is applied during wearing, the agglomerates of erythrocytes easily migrate to the surface of the surface sheet that easily contacts the wearer's skin.
According to the absorbent article of the present invention, both the inclusion of the hemagglutinating agent in the lower member and the use of the uneven nonwoven fabric as the surface sheet allow the liquid to migrate to the surface and the napkin can absorb menstrual blood. It turns out that it is important from the viewpoint of balancing the maximum absorption amount.
本発明の吸収性物品によれば、下方部材に血球凝集剤を含ませることと、表面シートとして凹凸不織布を用いることとの両方が、表面への液の移行性とナプキンが経血を吸収できる最大吸収量とを両立させる観点から重要であることが判る。 From the results shown in Table 1, the sanitary napkin (product of the present invention) of Example 1 uses an uneven nonwoven fabric as a surface sheet and has a static maximum absorption amount by arranging a hemagglutinating agent on the lower member. It can be seen that more menstrual blood can be absorbed and the erythrocyte aggregate is less likely to return to the surface. On the other hand, the sanitary napkin of Comparative Example 1 in which no hemagglutinating agent is disposed on the lower member does not improve the static maximum absorption amount, and exhibits an aggregation effect on the absorption performance of the napkin. It turns out that there is no. Furthermore, it can be seen that the amount of surface liquid return is large, and when pressure is applied during wearing, the agglomerates of erythrocytes easily migrate to the surface of the surface sheet that easily comes into contact with the wearer's skin. Moreover, although the hemagglutinating agent is included in the lower member, the sanitary napkin of Comparative Example 2 using a flat nonwoven fabric as the top sheet has a better static maximum absorption than Comparative Example 1, It can be seen that the amount of surface liquid return is large, and when pressure is applied during wearing, the agglomerates of erythrocytes easily migrate to the surface of the surface sheet that easily contacts the wearer's skin.
According to the absorbent article of the present invention, both the inclusion of the hemagglutinating agent in the lower member and the use of the uneven nonwoven fabric as the surface sheet allow the liquid to migrate to the surface and the napkin can absorb menstrual blood. It turns out that it is important from the viewpoint of balancing the maximum absorption amount.
〔実施例2~3〕
実施例1において、血球凝集剤の処方を以下のものに代えた以外は同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製した。
・実施例2:ニットーボーメディカル社製の商品名PAS-H-5Lを乾燥して得られたポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(重量平均分子量:3万、流動電位7447μeq/L、IOB2.1)
・実施例3:Aldrich社製のポリ(ジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド)溶液を乾燥して得られた、ポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(重量平均分子量:40万~50万、流動電位6827μeq/L、IOB2.1) [Examples 2 to 3]
A sanitary napkin was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the prescription of the hemagglutinating agent was changed to the following.
Example 2: Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying trade name PAS-H-5L manufactured by Nitto Bo Medical Co., Ltd. (weight average molecular weight: 30,000, streaming potential 7447 μeq / L, IOB 2.1)
Example 3: Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying a poly (diallyldimethylammonium chloride) solution manufactured by Aldrich (weight average molecular weight: 400,000 to 500,000, streaming potential 6827 μeq / L, IOB 2.1 )
実施例1において、血球凝集剤の処方を以下のものに代えた以外は同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製した。
・実施例2:ニットーボーメディカル社製の商品名PAS-H-5Lを乾燥して得られたポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(重量平均分子量:3万、流動電位7447μeq/L、IOB2.1)
・実施例3:Aldrich社製のポリ(ジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド)溶液を乾燥して得られた、ポリジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド(重量平均分子量:40万~50万、流動電位6827μeq/L、IOB2.1) [Examples 2 to 3]
A sanitary napkin was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the prescription of the hemagglutinating agent was changed to the following.
Example 2: Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying trade name PAS-H-5L manufactured by Nitto Bo Medical Co., Ltd. (weight average molecular weight: 30,000, streaming potential 7447 μeq / L, IOB 2.1)
Example 3: Polydiallyldimethylammonium chloride obtained by drying a poly (diallyldimethylammonium chloride) solution manufactured by Aldrich (weight average molecular weight: 400,000 to 500,000, streaming potential 6827 μeq / L, IOB 2.1 )
〔実施例4〕
実施例2において、表面シートとして、ユニ・チャーム社製「はだおもい多い昼~ふつうの日用 羽つき21cm」から、製品を冷却することで剥離した畝溝構造を有する表面シートを、畝と溝がそれぞれ生理用ナプキンの縦方向に向かって延び、かつ、肌対向面側に向けて貼りあわせたものを使用した以外は実施例2と同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製した。 Example 4
In Example 2, as a surface sheet, a surface sheet having a ridge groove structure that was peeled off by cooling the product from Unicharm's “Hadamoi no Michi to normal daily wings 21 cm” A sanitary napkin was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the grooves each extended in the longitudinal direction of the sanitary napkin and were bonded to the skin facing surface side.
実施例2において、表面シートとして、ユニ・チャーム社製「はだおもい多い昼~ふつうの日用 羽つき21cm」から、製品を冷却することで剥離した畝溝構造を有する表面シートを、畝と溝がそれぞれ生理用ナプキンの縦方向に向かって延び、かつ、肌対向面側に向けて貼りあわせたものを使用した以外は実施例2と同様にして生理用ナプキンを作製した。 Example 4
In Example 2, as a surface sheet, a surface sheet having a ridge groove structure that was peeled off by cooling the product from Unicharm's “Hadamoi no Michi to normal daily wings 21 cm” A sanitary napkin was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the grooves each extended in the longitudinal direction of the sanitary napkin and were bonded to the skin facing surface side.
〔評価〕
実施例1~4のサンプル(生理用ナプキン)及び比較例1~2のサンプル(生理用ナプキン)について、動的最大吸収量を以下の方法により評価した。また、実施例1と同じ方法で表面液戻り量(mg)を評価した。その結果を以下の表2に示した。 [Evaluation]
With respect to the samples of Examples 1 to 4 (sanitary napkins) and the samples of Comparative Examples 1 to 2 (sanitary napkins), the dynamic maximum absorption amount was evaluated by the following method. Further, the surface liquid return amount (mg) was evaluated by the same method as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2 below.
実施例1~4のサンプル(生理用ナプキン)及び比較例1~2のサンプル(生理用ナプキン)について、動的最大吸収量を以下の方法により評価した。また、実施例1と同じ方法で表面液戻り量(mg)を評価した。その結果を以下の表2に示した。 [Evaluation]
With respect to the samples of Examples 1 to 4 (sanitary napkins) and the samples of Comparative Examples 1 to 2 (sanitary napkins), the dynamic maximum absorption amount was evaluated by the following method. Further, the surface liquid return amount (mg) was evaluated by the same method as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2 below.
<動的最大吸収量>
生理用ナプキンのサンプルを生理用ショーツに固定し、液体注入用チューブを備えた排泄口を有する人体の動的モデルに装着した。動的モデルの歩行動作を開始させ、歩行動作開始より1分後に、排泄口より2gの擬似血液を注入した(1回目)。更に1回目の液注入終了より3分後に2gの擬似血液を注入した(2回目)。更に2回目の液注入終了より3分後に2gの擬似血液を注入した(3回目)。3回目以降の液注入は液注入後から3分後に2gの擬似血液を繰り返し注入し、生理用ナプキンのウイング部から液が染み出した時点で終了し、動的最大吸収量(g)とした。 <Dynamic maximum absorption>
A sample of a sanitary napkin was fixed to a sanitary short and attached to a dynamic model of a human body having an excretion opening provided with a liquid injection tube. The walking motion of the dynamic model was started, and 1 minute after the start of the walking motion, 2 g of simulated blood was injected from the excretion opening (first time). Furthermore, 2 g of simulated blood was injected 3 minutes after the end of the first liquid injection (second time). Furthermore, 2 g of simulated blood was injected 3 minutes after the end of the second liquid injection (third time). The third and subsequent liquid injections were repeated when 2 g of simulated blood was repeatedly injected 3 minutes after the liquid injection, and ended when the liquid oozed out from the wing part of the sanitary napkin, and the dynamic maximum absorption amount (g) was obtained. .
生理用ナプキンのサンプルを生理用ショーツに固定し、液体注入用チューブを備えた排泄口を有する人体の動的モデルに装着した。動的モデルの歩行動作を開始させ、歩行動作開始より1分後に、排泄口より2gの擬似血液を注入した(1回目)。更に1回目の液注入終了より3分後に2gの擬似血液を注入した(2回目)。更に2回目の液注入終了より3分後に2gの擬似血液を注入した(3回目)。3回目以降の液注入は液注入後から3分後に2gの擬似血液を繰り返し注入し、生理用ナプキンのウイング部から液が染み出した時点で終了し、動的最大吸収量(g)とした。 <Dynamic maximum absorption>
A sample of a sanitary napkin was fixed to a sanitary short and attached to a dynamic model of a human body having an excretion opening provided with a liquid injection tube. The walking motion of the dynamic model was started, and 1 minute after the start of the walking motion, 2 g of simulated blood was injected from the excretion opening (first time). Furthermore, 2 g of simulated blood was injected 3 minutes after the end of the first liquid injection (second time). Furthermore, 2 g of simulated blood was injected 3 minutes after the end of the second liquid injection (third time). The third and subsequent liquid injections were repeated when 2 g of simulated blood was repeatedly injected 3 minutes after the liquid injection, and ended when the liquid oozed out from the wing part of the sanitary napkin, and the dynamic maximum absorption amount (g) was obtained. .
表2に示す結果から、実施例1~4の生理用ナプキン(本発明品)は、比較例1及び2の生理用ナプキンと比較して動的最大吸収量が向上するとともに、表面液戻り量が顕著に向上することが判る。
From the results shown in Table 2, the sanitary napkins of the first to fourth embodiments (products of the present invention) have an improved dynamic maximum absorption and a surface liquid return amount as compared with the sanitary napkins of the comparative examples 1 and 2. It can be seen that is significantly improved.
〔実施例5~8、及び比較例3~4〕
実施例1~4及び比較例1~2それぞれで使用した吸収性コアを、木材パルプ繊維の坪量を280g/m2、高吸収性ポリマーの坪量を29g/m2に変更した以外は同様の構成とし、実施例5~8及び比較例3~4として厚み4.0mmの生理用ナプキンを作製した。動的最大吸収量及び表面液戻り量を上述の実施例1~4及び比較例1~2と同様に評価した。 [Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4]
The absorbent core used in each of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 was the same except that the basis weight of the wood pulp fiber was changed to 280 g / m 2 and the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer was changed to 29 g / m 2. A sanitary napkin having a thickness of 4.0 mm was prepared as Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4. The dynamic maximum absorption amount and the surface liquid return amount were evaluated in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 described above.
実施例1~4及び比較例1~2それぞれで使用した吸収性コアを、木材パルプ繊維の坪量を280g/m2、高吸収性ポリマーの坪量を29g/m2に変更した以外は同様の構成とし、実施例5~8及び比較例3~4として厚み4.0mmの生理用ナプキンを作製した。動的最大吸収量及び表面液戻り量を上述の実施例1~4及び比較例1~2と同様に評価した。 [Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4]
The absorbent core used in each of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 was the same except that the basis weight of the wood pulp fiber was changed to 280 g / m 2 and the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer was changed to 29 g / m 2. A sanitary napkin having a thickness of 4.0 mm was prepared as Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative Examples 3 to 4. The dynamic maximum absorption amount and the surface liquid return amount were evaluated in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 described above.
表3に示すように、ポリマーの配合量が比較的少ない実施例5~8の生理用ナプキンであっても、動的最大吸収量及び表面液戻り量の抑制について、血球凝集剤を含まない生理用ナプキン(比較例3)及び血球凝集剤を吸収体の非肌側に含むもの(比較例4)に比べて、改善されていることが判る。実施例1~4のように、ポリマー配合量が比較的多いものであれば吸収性能を著しく向上できるが、ポリマー配合量が少ない場合においても、吸収性能の向上が図れる点で有効である。
As shown in Table 3, even with the sanitary napkins of Examples 5 to 8 in which the blending amount of the polymer is relatively small, the physiological absorptive agent is not included in the suppression of the dynamic maximum absorption amount and the surface liquid return amount. It can be seen that this is improved as compared with the napkin for use (Comparative Example 3) and the hemagglutinating agent on the non-skin side of the absorbent (Comparative Example 4). As in Examples 1 to 4, the absorption performance can be significantly improved if the amount of the polymer is relatively large, but it is effective in that the absorption performance can be improved even when the amount of the polymer is small.
本発明の吸収性物品によれば、経血に血球凝集剤が接触して生じた赤血球の凝集塊が、肌に付着しにくく、経血の吸収性能及び装着感に優れている。
According to the absorbent article of the present invention, agglomerates of red blood cells produced by contact of a hemagglutinating agent with menstrual blood are less likely to adhere to the skin, and are excellent in menstrual blood absorption performance and wearing feeling.
Claims (31)
- 肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配されている吸収体を備え、着用者の前後方向に沿う縦方向及び該縦方向に直交する横方向を有する経血吸収用の吸収性物品であって、
前記表面シートは、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなり、
前記表面シートの非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シートに近い位置に配された下方部材に血球凝集剤が含まれている、吸収性物品。 A liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorber disposed between both sheets, and a longitudinal direction and a longitudinal direction along the front-rear direction of the wearer An absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption having a transverse direction perpendicular to
The surface sheet is made of an uneven nonwoven fabric having unevenness on at least the skin facing surface side,
An absorptive article, wherein a hemagglutinating agent is contained in a lower member disposed closer to the back sheet than the non-skin facing surface of the top sheet. - 前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側の前記凹凸の凹部近辺の繊維密度が凸部の頂部の繊維密度より高い、請求項1に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 1, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a fiber density in the vicinity of the concave portion of the concave portion on the skin facing surface side higher than a fiber density at the top portion of the convex portion.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において前記凹凸の凸部が散点状に配置されている、請求項1又は2に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has the uneven protrusions arranged in a dotted pattern in a plan view.
- 前記凹凸不織布が、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記下層の繊維密度が前記上層の繊維密度よりも高い、請求項1~3の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the fiber density of the lower layer is higher than the fiber density of the upper layer. 4. The absorbent article according to any one of 1 to 3.
- 前記凹凸不織布の肌対向面側の前記凹凸の凸部は内部が中実である、請求項1~4の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the concave and convex portions on the skin facing surface side of the concave and convex nonwoven fabric are solid inside.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において前記凹凸の凸部の頂部間の距離が0.5mm以上10.0mm以下である、請求項1~5の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has a distance between the tops of the protrusions of the unevenness of 0.5 to 10.0 mm in plan view.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、平面視において、前記凹凸の凹部の幅が0.2mm以上3.0mm以下である、請求項1~6の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the concave-convex nonwoven fabric has a width of the concave-convex recess of 0.2 mm to 3.0 mm in plan view.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層は、熱伸長性繊維を用いて形成され、該熱伸長性繊維どうしの交点が接合された繊維接合部を有し、前記下層は、熱伸長性繊維を含まないか又は熱伸長性繊維を前記上層より低い割合で含んで形成されている、請求項1~7の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the upper layer is formed using heat-extensible fibers, and the heat stretching 2. The fiber-bonding portion is formed by joining the intersections of the stretchable fibers, and the lower layer does not include the heat-extensible fibers or includes the heat-extensible fibers at a lower ratio than the upper layer. 8. The absorbent article according to any one of 1 to 7.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層と前記下層との界面が、互いに接合された固着部と、前記上層と前記下層とが剥離可能に積層された非固着部とを有している、請求項1~8の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an interface between the upper layer and the lower layer is bonded to each other. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a non-fixed portion in which the upper layer and the lower layer are detachably laminated.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径と前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が略同一であるか、又は前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径よりも前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径が大きい、請求項1~9の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the average diameter is substantially the same, or the average diameter of the fibers constituting the lower layer is larger than the average diameter of the fibers constituting the upper layer.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層の繊維間距離が前記下層の繊維間距離よりも大きい、請求項1~10の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer is greater than the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層の繊維間距離と、前記下層の繊維間距離との差が、前者-後者として、0μm以上50μm以下である、請求項1~11の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and the difference between the inter-fiber distance of the upper layer and the inter-fiber distance of the lower layer The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein, as the former-the latter, is 0 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、平均繊維径が、10μm以上30μm以下である、請求項1~12の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric has an average fiber diameter of 10 µm to 30 µm.
- 前記凹凸不織布は、肌対向面側に配された上層と該上層より非肌対向面側に配された下層とを有し、前記上層を構成する繊維の平均径と、前記下層を構成する繊維の平均径との比が、前者/後者として、0.9~1.1である、請求項1~13の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The uneven nonwoven fabric has an upper layer disposed on the skin facing surface side and a lower layer disposed on the non-skin facing surface side from the upper layer, and an average diameter of fibers constituting the upper layer and fibers constituting the lower layer The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the ratio of the average diameter of the former is 0.9 to 1.1 as the former / the latter.
- 前記吸収性物品は、肌対向面において、前記横方向における排泄スポット部を挟む両側それぞれに、前記縦方向に延びる一対の側方防漏溝を有している、請求項1~14の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the absorbent article has a pair of side leakage preventing grooves extending in the longitudinal direction on both sides of the skin-facing surface across the excretion spot portion in the lateral direction. The absorbent article according to item 1.
- 前記吸収性物品は、肌対向面において、前記横方向における排泄スポット部を囲む環状防漏溝を有している、請求項1~15の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the absorbent article has an annular leak-proof groove surrounding the excretion spot portion in the lateral direction on the skin facing surface.
- 前記防漏溝は、前記表面シートおよび前記吸収体を前記裏面シート側に向って一体にエンボス加工により形成されたものである、請求項15又は16に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the leakage preventing groove is formed by embossing the top sheet and the absorbent body toward the back sheet side.
- 前記防漏溝は、加熱及び加圧を伴うエンボス加工を施すことにより形成されたものである、請求項17に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 17, wherein the leak-proof groove is formed by embossing with heating and pressurization.
- 前記吸収性物品は外縁部全周が接合された状態となっている、請求項1~18の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein the absorbent article is in a state in which the entire outer periphery is joined.
- 前記吸収体は吸収性コアと該吸収性コアの肌対向面側を覆うコアラップとを備えており、該吸収性コアは一体成形により形成されている、請求項1~19の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent body according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent core and a core wrap that covers a skin facing surface side of the absorbent core, and the absorbent core is formed by integral molding. The absorbent article as described.
- 前記凹凸不織布は厚み方向又は平面方向における全体又は一部が親水性である、請求項1~20の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the uneven nonwoven fabric is hydrophilic in whole or in part in a thickness direction or a planar direction.
- 前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアは高吸収性ポリマーを含有する、請求項1~21の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the absorbent includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains a superabsorbent polymer.
- 前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアには消臭剤が配合されている、請求項1~22の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains a deodorant.
- 前記吸収体は吸収性コアを含み、該吸収性コアには抗菌剤が配合されている、請求項1~23の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent core, and the absorbent core contains an antibacterial agent.
- 前記吸収性物品の前記縦方向の中間部における前記横方向両外側に一対のウイング部を備えている、請求項1~24の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 24, further comprising a pair of wing parts on both lateral sides in the middle part in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article.
- 前記吸収性物品の前記表面シートの前記縦方向に沿う左右両側には、前記表面シートに接合されていない自由端と、前記表面シートに接合された固定端とを有するサイド防漏シートが配されている、請求項1~25の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 Side leakproof sheets having a free end not joined to the topsheet and a fixed end joined to the topsheet are arranged on both the left and right sides of the topsheet of the absorbent article along the longitudinal direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 25.
- 前記吸収性物品の前記裏面シートの下着に接する部分には粘着剤が部分的に施された状態となっている、請求項1~26の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 26, wherein an adhesive is partially applied to a part of the absorbent article that contacts the undergarment of the back sheet.
- 肌対向面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、非肌対向面を形成する裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に配されている吸収体を備え、着用者の前後方向に沿う縦方向及び該縦方向に直交する横方向を有する経血吸収用の吸収性物品であって、
前記表面シートは、少なくとも肌対向面側に凹凸を有する凹凸不織布からなり、
前記表面シートの非肌対向面よりも前記裏面シートに近い位置に配された下方部材にカチオン性ポリマーが含まれている、吸収性物品。 A liquid-permeable surface sheet that forms a skin-facing surface, a back sheet that forms a non-skin-facing surface, and an absorber disposed between both sheets, and a longitudinal direction and a longitudinal direction along the front-rear direction of the wearer An absorbent article for menstrual blood absorption having a transverse direction perpendicular to
The surface sheet is made of an uneven nonwoven fabric having unevenness on at least the skin facing surface side,
An absorptive article in which a cationic polymer is contained in a lower member arranged nearer to the back sheet than a non-skin facing surface of the top sheet. - 前記カチオン性ポリマーが、第4級アンモニウム塩ホモポリマー、第4級アンモニウム塩共重合物又は第4級アンモニウム塩重縮合物である、請求項28に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 28, wherein the cationic polymer is a quaternary ammonium salt homopolymer, a quaternary ammonium salt copolymer or a quaternary ammonium salt polycondensate.
- 前記カチオン性ポリマーは、分子量が1万以上300万以下である請求項29に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 29, wherein the cationic polymer has a molecular weight of 10,000 to 3,000,000.
- 前記吸収体が、吸収性コアとこれを被覆するコアラップシートとを有しており、該吸収性コアの肌対向面を覆う該コアラップシートが前記下方部材である請求項1~29の何れか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent body has an absorbent core and a core wrap sheet that covers the absorbent core, and the core wrap sheet that covers the skin facing surface of the absorbent core is the lower member. The absorbent article of Claim 1.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2016112123 | 2016-06-03 | ||
JP2016-112123 | 2016-06-03 | ||
JP2017103982A JP2017217465A (en) | 2016-06-03 | 2017-05-25 | Absorbent article |
JP2017-103982 | 2017-05-25 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017209073A1 true WO2017209073A1 (en) | 2017-12-07 |
Family
ID=60477578
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2017/019968 WO2017209073A1 (en) | 2016-06-03 | 2017-05-29 | Absorbent article |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2017209073A1 (en) |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS57153648A (en) * | 1981-02-17 | 1982-09-22 | Kimberly Clark Co | Sanitary article containing blood gelling agent |
JP2002528232A (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2002-09-03 | キンバリー クラーク ワールドワイド インコーポレイテッド | Absorbent article with fluid treatment agent |
US20030124936A1 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2003-07-03 | Potts David Charles | Absorbent article with fluid treatment agent |
JP2012239720A (en) * | 2011-05-20 | 2012-12-10 | Kao Corp | Absorbent article |
JP2013126455A (en) * | 2011-12-16 | 2013-06-27 | Kao Corp | Absorbent article |
JP2015104646A (en) * | 2013-12-03 | 2015-06-08 | 花王株式会社 | Absorbent article |
-
2017
- 2017-05-29 WO PCT/JP2017/019968 patent/WO2017209073A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS57153648A (en) * | 1981-02-17 | 1982-09-22 | Kimberly Clark Co | Sanitary article containing blood gelling agent |
JP2002528232A (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2002-09-03 | キンバリー クラーク ワールドワイド インコーポレイテッド | Absorbent article with fluid treatment agent |
US20030124936A1 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2003-07-03 | Potts David Charles | Absorbent article with fluid treatment agent |
JP2012239720A (en) * | 2011-05-20 | 2012-12-10 | Kao Corp | Absorbent article |
JP2013126455A (en) * | 2011-12-16 | 2013-06-27 | Kao Corp | Absorbent article |
JP2015104646A (en) * | 2013-12-03 | 2015-06-08 | 花王株式会社 | Absorbent article |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP2017217465A (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6949668B2 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6674326B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
JP6674328B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
JP6259540B2 (en) | Sanitary absorbent articles | |
JP2018007705A (en) | Sanitary absorbent article | |
JP2017113513A (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6279015B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
JP6706147B2 (en) | Sanitary absorbent article | |
JP2017217466A (en) | Absorbent article | |
WO2017209076A1 (en) | Sanitary absorbent article | |
WO2017209073A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6940933B2 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6887878B2 (en) | Absorbent article | |
WO2017209069A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6949662B2 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6259539B2 (en) | Sanitary absorbent articles | |
JP6669595B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
JP6762142B2 (en) | Absorbent article | |
WO2017209074A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP2019041794A (en) | Absorbent article | |
WO2017110716A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
WO2017209072A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP6714435B2 (en) | Sanitary absorbent article | |
JP6220947B1 (en) | Sanitary items |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 17806628 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 17806628 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |